US20060252252A1 - Electroless deposition processes and compositions for forming interconnects - Google Patents
Electroless deposition processes and compositions for forming interconnects Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20060252252A1 US20060252252A1 US11/385,290 US38529006A US2006252252A1 US 20060252252 A1 US20060252252 A1 US 20060252252A1 US 38529006 A US38529006 A US 38529006A US 2006252252 A1 US2006252252 A1 US 2006252252A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- tungsten
- nickel
- cobalt
- phosphide
- boride
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000005137 deposition process Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 51
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title description 10
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 254
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 195
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 149
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 139
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 130
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 70
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 59
- 239000008139 complexing agent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 20
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 18
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorane Chemical compound F KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 17
- PBYZMCDFOULPGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungstate Chemical compound [O-][W]([O-])(=O)=O PBYZMCDFOULPGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 229910000040 hydrogen fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 7
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 5
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 claims description 200
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 142
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 142
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 claims description 142
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 69
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 38
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 38
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 claims description 38
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 35
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 claims description 35
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 35
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 35
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims description 35
- JPNWDVUTVSTKMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt tungsten Chemical compound [Co].[W] JPNWDVUTVSTKMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 33
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 32
- UORVGPXVDQYIDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N borane Chemical compound B UORVGPXVDQYIDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 28
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 claims description 28
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 26
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 26
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 claims description 24
- QDWJUBJKEHXSMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N boranylidynenickel Chemical compound [Ni]#B QDWJUBJKEHXSMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 21
- MOWMLACGTDMJRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel tungsten Chemical compound [Ni].[W] MOWMLACGTDMJRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 21
- 229910000085 borane Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 18
- WHDPTDWLEKQKKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt molybdenum Chemical compound [Co].[Co].[Mo] WHDPTDWLEKQKKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- ZEWGRSAJWPFTRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt rhenium Chemical compound [Co].[Re] ZEWGRSAJWPFTRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000003989 dielectric material Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 claims description 18
- DDTIGTPWGISMKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N molybdenum nickel Chemical compound [Ni].[Mo] DDTIGTPWGISMKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- FBMUYWXYWIZLNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel phosphide Chemical compound [Ni]=P#[Ni] FBMUYWXYWIZLNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- UJRJCSCBZXLGKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel rhenium Chemical compound [Ni].[Re] UJRJCSCBZXLGKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- HZEIHKAVLOJHDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N boranylidynecobalt Chemical compound [Co]#B HZEIHKAVLOJHDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- CMPGARWFYBADJI-UHFFFAOYSA-L tungstic acid Chemical compound O[W](O)(=O)=O CMPGARWFYBADJI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 7
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- PKEYUIGYMIUDOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=[W+2].N Chemical compound O=[W+2].N PKEYUIGYMIUDOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 229910001930 tungsten oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 48
- QGLKJKCYBOYXKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonaoxidotritungsten Chemical compound O=[W]1(=O)O[W](=O)(=O)O[W](=O)(=O)O1 QGLKJKCYBOYXKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 47
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 4
- 101000777624 Homo sapiens Hsp90 co-chaperone Cdc37-like 1 Proteins 0.000 abstract 1
- 102100031587 Hsp90 co-chaperone Cdc37-like 1 Human genes 0.000 abstract 1
- WQJQOUPTWCFRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten disilicide Chemical compound [Si]#[W]#[Si] WQJQOUPTWCFRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract 1
- 229910021342 tungsten silicide Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract 1
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 325
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 39
- WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetramethylammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].C[N+](C)(C)C WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 38
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 35
- KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ruthenium Chemical compound [Ru] KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 31
- 238000005229 chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 31
- 238000005019 vapor deposition process Methods 0.000 description 31
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 29
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 25
- 238000005240 physical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 24
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 23
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 23
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 22
- -1 SiOxCy Chemical class 0.000 description 21
- 238000000231 atomic layer deposition Methods 0.000 description 21
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 19
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 239000003002 pH adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 19
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 18
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 14
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 14
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- VEQPNABPJHWNSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel(2+) Chemical compound [Ni+2] VEQPNABPJHWNSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229910001080 W alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 238000000623 plasma-assisted chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000012159 carrier gas Substances 0.000 description 11
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 229910052581 Si3N4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- BOTDANWDWHJENH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetraethyl orthosilicate Chemical compound CCO[Si](OCC)(OCC)OCC BOTDANWDWHJENH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N boric acid Chemical compound OB(O)O KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000004327 boric acid Substances 0.000 description 10
- XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt(2+) Chemical compound [Co+2] XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000009713 electroplating Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910001927 ruthenium tetroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229910001925 ruthenium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- WOCIAKWEIIZHES-UHFFFAOYSA-N ruthenium(iv) oxide Chemical compound O=[Ru]=O WOCIAKWEIIZHES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum atom Chemical compound [Ta] GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 8
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphine Chemical compound P XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910001453 nickel ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 8
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- NVIVJPRCKQTWLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt nickel Chemical compound [Co][Ni][Co] NVIVJPRCKQTWLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 7
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrazine Chemical compound NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000007772 electroless plating Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 6
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910001429 cobalt ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BPQQTUXANYXVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orthosilicate Chemical compound [O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] BPQQTUXANYXVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- HHLFWLYXYJOTON-UHFFFAOYSA-N glyoxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=O HHLFWLYXYJOTON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052735 hafnium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N hafnium atom Chemical compound [Hf] VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphinic acid Chemical compound O[PH2]=O ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910000073 phosphorus hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000005498 polishing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010926 purge Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- LIVNPJMFVYWSIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon monoxide Chemical class [Si-]#[O+] LIVNPJMFVYWSIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon nitride Chemical compound N12[Si]34N5[Si]62N3[Si]51N64 HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004544 sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 4
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OFEAOSSMQHGXMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 12007-10-2 Chemical compound [W].[W]=[B] OFEAOSSMQHGXMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910000990 Ni alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ozone Chemical compound [O-][O+]=O CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silane Chemical compound [SiH4] BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NRTOMJZYCJJWKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium nitride Chemical compound [Ti]#N NRTOMJZYCJJWKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WRSVIZQEENMKOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N [B].[Co].[Co].[Co] Chemical compound [B].[Co].[Co].[Co] WRSVIZQEENMKOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UGACIEPFGXRWCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Si].[Ti] Chemical compound [Si].[Ti] UGACIEPFGXRWCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000004380 ashing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000001307 helium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052734 helium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N helium atom Chemical compound [He] SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LGQLOGILCSXPEA-UHFFFAOYSA-L nickel sulfate Chemical compound [Ni+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O LGQLOGILCSXPEA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 229940053662 nickel sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229910000363 nickel(II) sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphinate Chemical compound [O-][PH2]=O ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910021420 polycrystalline silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- HWEYZGSCHQNNEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon tantalum Chemical compound [Si].[Ta] HWEYZGSCHQNNEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MZLGASXMSKOWSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum nitride Chemical compound [Ta]#N MZLGASXMSKOWSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NWZSZGALRFJKBT-KNIFDHDWSA-N (2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid;(2s)-2-hydroxybutanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O.NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O NWZSZGALRFJKBT-KNIFDHDWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OBDVFOBWBHMJDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-mercapto-1-propanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CCCS OBDVFOBWBHMJDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WTDHULULXKLSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.ON WTDHULULXKLSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000577 Silicon-germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Natural products NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LEVVHYCKPQWKOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Si].[Ge] Chemical compound [Si].[Ge] LEVVHYCKPQWKOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N[N][N]C2=C1 QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012964 benzotriazole Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 2
- PZPGRFITIJYNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N disilane Chemical compound [SiH3][SiH3] PZPGRFITIJYNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrazine monohydrate Substances O.NN IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011810 insulating material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012212 insulator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003893 lactate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000001459 lithography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000006911 nucleation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010899 nucleation Methods 0.000 description 2
- PIBWKRNGBLPSSY-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(II) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Pd]Cl PIBWKRNGBLPSSY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- GPNDARIEYHPYAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium(ii) nitrate Chemical compound [Pd+2].[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O GPNDARIEYHPYAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009832 plasma treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920005591 polysilicon Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011946 reduction process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanadium Chemical compound [V]#[V] GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007740 vapor deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910019619 (NH4)4−xHxPO2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WGJCBBASTRWVJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-thiazolidine-2-thione Chemical compound SC1=NCCS1 WGJCBBASTRWVJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFEITPOSEVENMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)imidazolidine-2-thione Chemical compound OCCN1CCNC1=S AFEITPOSEVENMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SDHMGKANHNMOSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-aminoethanesulfonic acid Chemical class CC(N)S(O)(=O)=O SDHMGKANHNMOSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHTDDANQIMVWKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-pyridine-4-thione Chemical compound SC1=CC=NC=C1 FHTDDANQIMVWKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VILCJCGEZXAXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-tetramine Chemical compound NCCNCCNCCN VILCJCGEZXAXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVSKIKFHRZPJSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-D Chemical compound OC(=O)COC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1Cl OVSKIKFHRZPJSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEORSVTYLWZQJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-nonylphenoxy)ethanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1OCCO IEORSVTYLWZQJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LMPMFQXUJXPWSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3-sulfopropyldisulfanyl)propane-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CCCSSCCCS(O)(=O)=O LMPMFQXUJXPWSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JBRZTFJDHDCESZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N AsGa Chemical compound [As]#[Ga] JBRZTFJDHDCESZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROFVEXUMMXZLPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bipyridyl Chemical group N1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=N1 ROFVEXUMMXZLPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000881 Cu alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl sulfide Chemical compound CSC QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylamine Chemical compound CNC ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PDQAZBWRQCGBEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenethiourea Chemical compound S=C1NCCN1 PDQAZBWRQCGBEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001218 Gallium arsenide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910021586 Nickel(II) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium Chemical compound [Zr] QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CEPICIBPGDWCRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Si].[Hf] Chemical compound [Si].[Hf] CEPICIBPGDWCRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GNKTZDSRQHMHLZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Si].[Si].[Si].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti] Chemical compound [Si].[Si].[Si].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti] GNKTZDSRQHMHLZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQRWBMAEBQOWAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;nickel Chemical compound [Ni].CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O MQRWBMAEBQOWAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005262 alkoxyamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001343 alkyl silanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- GJYJYFHBOBUTBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-camphorene Chemical compound CC(C)=CCCC(=C)C1CCC(CCC=C(C)C)=CC1 GJYJYFHBOBUTBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021417 amorphous silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011260 aqueous acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- JBANFLSTOJPTFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N azane;boron Chemical compound [B].N JBANFLSTOJPTFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007514 bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- GKFJEDWZQZKYHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N borane;2-methylpropan-2-amine Chemical compound B.CC(C)(C)N GKFJEDWZQZKYHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WVMHLYQJPRXKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N borane;n,n-dimethylmethanamine Chemical compound B.CN(C)C WVMHLYQJPRXKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- MCQRPQCQMGVWIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron;methylsulfanylmethane Chemical compound [B].CSC MCQRPQCQMGVWIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RJTANRZEWTUVMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron;n-methylmethanamine Chemical compound [B].CNC RJTANRZEWTUVMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UWTDFICHZKXYAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron;oxolane Chemical compound [B].C1CCOC1 UWTDFICHZKXYAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNTOJPXOCKCMKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron;pyridine Chemical compound [B].C1=CC=NC=C1 NNTOJPXOCKCMKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021419 crystalline silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000001723 curing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007872 degassing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZOCHARZZJNPSEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N diboron Chemical compound B#B ZOCHARZZJNPSEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001991 dicarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YOTZYFSGUCFUKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylphosphine Chemical compound CPC YOTZYFSGUCFUKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- USIUVYZYUHIAEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl ether Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1OC1=CC=CC=C1 USIUVYZYUHIAEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl hydrogen sulfate Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCOS(O)(=O)=O MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001312 dry etching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- BOUBUFOFBHNEAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylborane Chemical compound BCC BOUBUFOFBHNEAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005429 filling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052732 germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium atom Chemical compound [Ge] GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000449 hafnium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- INIGCWGJTZDVRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N hafnium zirconium Chemical compound [Zr].[Hf] INIGCWGJTZDVRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WIHZLLGSGQNAGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hafnium(4+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[Hf+4] WIHZLLGSGQNAGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002429 hydrazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000004679 hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009616 inductively coupled plasma Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052741 iridium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GKOZUEZYRPOHIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iridium atom Chemical compound [Ir] GKOZUEZYRPOHIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000000 metal hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004692 metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001465 metallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- UIUXUFNYAYAMOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylsilane Chemical compound [SiH3]C UIUXUFNYAYAMOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011259 mixed solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021421 monocrystalline silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HDZGCSFEDULWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N monomethylhydrazine Chemical compound CNN HDZGCSFEDULWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940078494 nickel acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QMMRZOWCJAIUJA-UHFFFAOYSA-L nickel dichloride Chemical compound Cl[Ni]Cl QMMRZOWCJAIUJA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000159 nickel phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RRIWRJBSCGCBID-UHFFFAOYSA-L nickel sulfate hexahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.O.[Ni+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O RRIWRJBSCGCBID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940116202 nickel sulfate hexahydrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JOCJYBPHESYFOK-UHFFFAOYSA-K nickel(3+);phosphate Chemical compound [Ni+3].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O JOCJYBPHESYFOK-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910000069 nitrogen hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000847 nonoxynol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052762 osmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SYQBFIAQOQZEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N osmium atom Chemical compound [Os] SYQBFIAQOQZEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Al]O[Al]=O TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVRQVWSVLMGPRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxotungsten Chemical class [W]=O VVRQVWSVLMGPRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BPUBBGLMJRNUCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen(2-);tantalum(5+) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Ta+5].[Ta+5] BPUBBGLMJRNUCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen(2-);zirconium(4+) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[Zr+4] RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002940 palladium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 1
- 238000005268 plasma chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002503 polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- UBQKCCHYAOITMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridin-2-ol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=N1 UBQKCCHYAOITMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052703 rhodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010948 rhodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- MHOVAHRLVXNVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodium atom Chemical compound [Rh] MHOVAHRLVXNVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052594 sapphire Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010980 sapphire Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004904 shortening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- FVEFRICMTUKAML-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium tetradecyl sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCC(CC)CCC(CC(C)C)OS([O-])(=O)=O FVEFRICMTUKAML-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003464 sulfur compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001936 tantalum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- YBRBMKDOPFTVDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butylamine Chemical compound CC(C)(C)N YBRBMKDOPFTVDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000005622 tetraalkylammonium hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940073455 tetraethylammonium hydroxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LRGJRHZIDJQFCL-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetraethylazanium;hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].CC[N+](CC)(CC)CC LRGJRHZIDJQFCL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Substances C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DDFYFBUWEBINLX-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetramethylammonium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].C[N+](C)(C)C DDFYFBUWEBINLX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- AGGKEGLBGGJEBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylenedisulfotetramine Chemical compound C1N(S2(=O)=O)CN3S(=O)(=O)N1CN2C3 AGGKEGLBGGJEBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 1
- OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium oxide Inorganic materials [Ti]=O OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001124 trientine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-O triethylammonium ion Chemical compound CC[NH+](CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEDJZFSRVVQBIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trisilane Chemical compound [SiH3][SiH2][SiH3] VEDJZFSRVVQBIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N triton Chemical compound [3H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001039 wet etching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001928 zirconium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GFQYVLUOOAAOGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N zirconium(iv) silicate Chemical compound [Zr+4].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] GFQYVLUOOAAOGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/1601—Process or apparatus
- C23C18/1633—Process of electroless plating
- C23C18/1675—Process conditions
- C23C18/1678—Heating of the substrate
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B82—NANOTECHNOLOGY
- B82Y—SPECIFIC USES OR APPLICATIONS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MEASUREMENT OR ANALYSIS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MANUFACTURE OR TREATMENT OF NANOSTRUCTURES
- B82Y30/00—Nanotechnology for materials or surface science, e.g. nanocomposites
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C16/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of gaseous compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating, i.e. chemical vapour deposition [CVD] processes
- C23C16/02—Pretreatment of the material to be coated
- C23C16/0227—Pretreatment of the material to be coated by cleaning or etching
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C16/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of gaseous compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating, i.e. chemical vapour deposition [CVD] processes
- C23C16/02—Pretreatment of the material to be coated
- C23C16/0272—Deposition of sub-layers, e.g. to promote the adhesion of the main coating
- C23C16/0281—Deposition of sub-layers, e.g. to promote the adhesion of the main coating of metallic sub-layers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C16/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of gaseous compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating, i.e. chemical vapour deposition [CVD] processes
- C23C16/04—Coating on selected surface areas, e.g. using masks
- C23C16/045—Coating cavities or hollow spaces, e.g. interior of tubes; Infiltration of porous substrates
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C16/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of gaseous compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating, i.e. chemical vapour deposition [CVD] processes
- C23C16/06—Chemical coating by decomposition of gaseous compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating, i.e. chemical vapour deposition [CVD] processes characterised by the deposition of metallic material
- C23C16/08—Chemical coating by decomposition of gaseous compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating, i.e. chemical vapour deposition [CVD] processes characterised by the deposition of metallic material from metal halides
- C23C16/14—Deposition of only one other metal element
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/1601—Process or apparatus
- C23C18/1603—Process or apparatus coating on selected surface areas
- C23C18/1607—Process or apparatus coating on selected surface areas by direct patterning
- C23C18/1608—Process or apparatus coating on selected surface areas by direct patterning from pretreatment step, i.e. selective pre-treatment
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/1601—Process or apparatus
- C23C18/1633—Process of electroless plating
- C23C18/1646—Characteristics of the product obtained
- C23C18/165—Multilayered product
- C23C18/1651—Two or more layers only obtained by electroless plating
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/1601—Process or apparatus
- C23C18/1633—Process of electroless plating
- C23C18/1646—Characteristics of the product obtained
- C23C18/165—Multilayered product
- C23C18/1653—Two or more layers with at least one layer obtained by electroless plating and one layer obtained by electroplating
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/31—Coating with metals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/31—Coating with metals
- C23C18/32—Coating with nickel, cobalt or mixtures thereof with phosphorus or boron
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/31—Coating with metals
- C23C18/32—Coating with nickel, cobalt or mixtures thereof with phosphorus or boron
- C23C18/34—Coating with nickel, cobalt or mixtures thereof with phosphorus or boron using reducing agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/31—Coating with metals
- C23C18/38—Coating with copper
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/31—Coating with metals
- C23C18/38—Coating with copper
- C23C18/40—Coating with copper using reducing agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/48—Coating with alloys
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D5/00—Electroplating characterised by the process; Pretreatment or after-treatment of workpieces
- C25D5/34—Pretreatment of metallic surfaces to be electroplated
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02041—Cleaning
- H01L21/02057—Cleaning during device manufacture
- H01L21/0206—Cleaning during device manufacture during, before or after processing of insulating layers
- H01L21/02063—Cleaning during device manufacture during, before or after processing of insulating layers the processing being the formation of vias or contact holes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02041—Cleaning
- H01L21/02057—Cleaning during device manufacture
- H01L21/02068—Cleaning during device manufacture during, before or after processing of conductive layers, e.g. polysilicon or amorphous silicon layers
- H01L21/02074—Cleaning during device manufacture during, before or after processing of conductive layers, e.g. polysilicon or amorphous silicon layers the processing being a planarization of conductive layers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/18—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
- H01L21/28—Manufacture of electrodes on semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/268
- H01L21/283—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current
- H01L21/285—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current from a gas or vapour, e.g. condensation
- H01L21/28506—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current from a gas or vapour, e.g. condensation of conductive layers
- H01L21/28512—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current from a gas or vapour, e.g. condensation of conductive layers on semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table
- H01L21/28518—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current from a gas or vapour, e.g. condensation of conductive layers on semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table the conductive layers comprising silicides
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/18—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
- H01L21/28—Manufacture of electrodes on semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/268
- H01L21/283—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current
- H01L21/285—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current from a gas or vapour, e.g. condensation
- H01L21/28506—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current from a gas or vapour, e.g. condensation of conductive layers
- H01L21/28512—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current from a gas or vapour, e.g. condensation of conductive layers on semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table
- H01L21/28556—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current from a gas or vapour, e.g. condensation of conductive layers on semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table by chemical means, e.g. CVD, LPCVD, PECVD, laser CVD
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/18—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
- H01L21/28—Manufacture of electrodes on semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/268
- H01L21/283—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current
- H01L21/288—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current from a liquid, e.g. electrolytic deposition
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/18—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
- H01L21/28—Manufacture of electrodes on semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/268
- H01L21/283—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current
- H01L21/288—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current from a liquid, e.g. electrolytic deposition
- H01L21/2885—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current from a liquid, e.g. electrolytic deposition using an external electrical current, i.e. electro-deposition
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76801—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing
- H01L21/76802—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing by forming openings in dielectrics
- H01L21/76814—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing by forming openings in dielectrics post-treatment or after-treatment, e.g. cleaning or removal of oxides on underlying conductors
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76841—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers
- H01L21/76843—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers formed in openings in a dielectric
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76841—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers
- H01L21/76843—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers formed in openings in a dielectric
- H01L21/76844—Bottomless liners
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76841—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers
- H01L21/76843—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers formed in openings in a dielectric
- H01L21/76846—Layer combinations
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76841—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers
- H01L21/76843—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers formed in openings in a dielectric
- H01L21/76847—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers formed in openings in a dielectric the layer being positioned within the main fill metal
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76841—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers
- H01L21/76843—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers formed in openings in a dielectric
- H01L21/76849—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers formed in openings in a dielectric the layer being positioned on top of the main fill metal
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76841—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers
- H01L21/76853—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers characterized by particular after-treatment steps
- H01L21/76855—After-treatment introducing at least one additional element into the layer
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76841—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers
- H01L21/76853—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers characterized by particular after-treatment steps
- H01L21/76855—After-treatment introducing at least one additional element into the layer
- H01L21/76856—After-treatment introducing at least one additional element into the layer by treatment in plasmas or gaseous environments, e.g. nitriding a refractory metal liner
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76841—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers
- H01L21/76853—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers characterized by particular after-treatment steps
- H01L21/76861—Post-treatment or after-treatment not introducing additional chemical elements into the layer
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76841—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers
- H01L21/76853—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers characterized by particular after-treatment steps
- H01L21/76861—Post-treatment or after-treatment not introducing additional chemical elements into the layer
- H01L21/76862—Bombardment with particles, e.g. treatment in noble gas plasmas; UV irradiation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76841—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers
- H01L21/76871—Layers specifically deposited to enhance or enable the nucleation of further layers, i.e. seed layers
- H01L21/76874—Layers specifically deposited to enhance or enable the nucleation of further layers, i.e. seed layers for electroless plating
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76877—Filling of holes, grooves or trenches, e.g. vias, with conductive material
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76877—Filling of holes, grooves or trenches, e.g. vias, with conductive material
- H01L21/76879—Filling of holes, grooves or trenches, e.g. vias, with conductive material by selective deposition of conductive material in the vias, e.g. selective C.V.D. on semiconductor material, plating
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/52—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames
- H01L23/522—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body
- H01L23/532—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body characterised by the materials
- H01L23/53204—Conductive materials
- H01L23/53209—Conductive materials based on metals, e.g. alloys, metal silicides
- H01L23/53228—Conductive materials based on metals, e.g. alloys, metal silicides the principal metal being copper
- H01L23/53238—Additional layers associated with copper layers, e.g. adhesion, barrier, cladding layers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/0001—Technical content checked by a classifier
- H01L2924/0002—Not covered by any one of groups H01L24/00, H01L24/00 and H01L2224/00
Definitions
- Embodiments of the invention generally relate to methods for depositing materials on substrates, and more specifically to methods of forming metal interconnects.
- Multilevel, 45 nm node metallization is one of the key technologies for the next generation of very large scale integration (VLSI).
- VLSI very large scale integration
- the multilevel interconnects that lie at the heart of this technology possess high aspect ratio features, including contacts, vias, lines and other apertures. Reliable formation of these features is very important for the success of VLSI and the continued effort to increase quality and circuit density on individual substrates. Therefore, there is a great amount of ongoing effort being directed to the formation of void-free features having high aspect ratios of 10:1 (height:width) or greater.
- Tungsten is a choice metal for filling VLSI features, such as sub-micron high aspect ratio contact (HARC) on a substrate.
- Contacts are formed by depositing a conductive interconnect material, such as tungsten into an aperture (e.g., via) on the surface of insulating material disposed between two spaced-apart conductive layers.
- a high aspect ratio of such an opening may inhibit deposition of a conductive interconnect material to fill an aperture.
- tungsten is a popular interconnect material
- vapor deposition processes for depositing tungsten may suffer by forming a void or a seam within the contact plug, as illustrated in FIG. 1C .
- FIG. 1A depicts a schematic cross-sectional view of an integrated circuit device on substrate 100 containing a via or aperture 105 formed in dielectric layer 104 to expose contact layer 102 (e.g., source region, drain region, polysilicon gate).
- contact layer 102 e.g., source region, drain region, polysilicon gate.
- CVD chemical vapor deposition
- ALD atomic layer deposition
- a tungsten layer 106 is deposited on dielectric layer 104 and within aperture 105 , including on contact layer 102 and the sidewalls of dielectric layer 104 , to form the plug 103 , as illustrated in FIG. 1B . Near the opening 107 of plug 103 , tungsten layer 106 may pinch off, depicted in FIG.
- FIG. 1C illustrates a gap 114 that is formed when the conductive layer 112 deposited over the gap 110 on the substrate 100 .
- the conductive layer 112 as shown in FIG. 1E , can be a portion of a via, trench or bit line.
- Substrate 100 may contain additional layers deposited thereon, such as layer 120 (e.g., interlayer dielectrics (ILD)).
- layer 120 e.g., interlayer dielectrics (ILD)
- Defects such as a seam or a void 114 , may cause a series of problems during the fabrication of electronic devices depicted herein.
- the resistance to current flow through the plug 103 is impaired due to the lack of tungsten material in the void 114 .
- a more serious obstacle during fabrication is the displacement of voids from one layer to the next.
- subsequent fabrication processes of substrate 100 may include the deposition of layer 120 (e.g., dielectric layer) on conductive layer 112 .
- the material 116 from conductive layer 112 may diffuse into void 114 and form a void 118 within conductive layer 112 .
- layer 120 e.g., dielectric layer
- material 116 may not diffuse completely to the bottom of void 114 .
- the defect formed in the conductive layer 112 such as void 118 , will increase the resistance of the circuit containing the defect and thus affect device performance.
- the defects in the conductive layer 112 can affect the device yield of the fabricated substrate.
- the present invention generally provide a method of forming an electrical contact on a silicon substrate, comprising providing a substrate containing an exposed tungsten-containing contact plug exposed that has an exposed gap formed therein, exposing the substrate to a pretreatment process, wherein the pretreatment process is adapted to remove an oxide layer from a surface of the exposed tungsten-containing contact plug, filling the exposed gap with a fill material.
- Embodiments of the invention further provide a method of forming an electrical contact on a silicon substrate, comprising providing a silicon substrate having a first dielectric layer which is disposed on a surface of the silicon substrate and a first aperture formed in the first dielectric layer, wherein a doped silicon containing region of the silicon substrate is exposed at the bottom of the first aperture, filling the first aperture formed in the first dielectric layer with a tungsten containing layer, wherein the tungsten containing layer is in electrical communication with the doped silicon containing region, removing an amount of the tungsten containing layer disposed on the first dielectric layer, wherein a gap formed in the tungsten containing layer during the step of filling the first aperture is exposed, and depositing a material on the surface of the silicon substrate to substantially cover the gap formed in the tungsten containing layer.
- Embodiments of the invention further provide a method of forming an electrical contact on a silicon substrate, comprising providing a substrate containing first dielectric layer that contains at least one tungsten-containing contact plug that has an exposed surface, forming a second dielectric layer over the first dielectric layer and the tungsten-containing contact plug, forming a second aperture in the second dielectric layer that is in communication with the exposed surface of the tungsten-containing contact plug, and selectively filling the second aperture with a fill material.
- Embodiments of the invention further provide a method of forming an interconnect on a silicon substrate, comprising providing a substrate having an aperture formed in a dielectric layer disposed on a surface of the substrate, wherein the aperture is in communication with an exposed surface of a tungsten-containing contact plug, dispensing a clean solution on an the exposed surface of the tungsten-containing contact plug, wherein the clean solution comprises hydrogen fluoride, disposing a preparation solution on the exposed surface of the tungsten-containing contact plug, wherein the preparation solution comprises a tungstate source, depositing a initiation layer on the exposed surface of the tungsten-containing contact plug using an activation solution, activating the initiation layer using a rinse activation solution, and selectively filling the second aperture with a fill material.
- FIGS. 1A-1F illustrate schematic cross-sectional views of an integrated circuit formed by a process described in the art
- FIGS. 2A-2C illustrate schematic cross-sectional views of an integrated circuit formed by a process to cap a defect within a contact plug described within an embodiment herein;
- FIGS. 3A-3K illustrate schematic cross-sectional views of an integrated circuits formed by processes to fill defects within contact plugs described within embodiments herein;
- FIGS. 4A-4F illustrate schematic cross-sectional views of an integrated circuit formed by another process to fill a defect within a contact plug described within an embodiment herein;
- FIGS. 5A-5G illustrate schematic cross-sectional views of a method of forming an interconnect layer on a contact plug that is described within an embodiment herein;
- FIG. 6 is a flow chart depicting a pretreatment process as described within an embodiment herein.
- Embodiments of the invention provide methods of forming a device over a tungsten-containing contact plug.
- a process of capping and filling defects formed in a tungsten-containing contact plug that have been exposed during a subsequent chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) process is performed.
- Defects that are present in the tungsten-containing contact plug may include gaps, voids, and/or seams (hereafter gaps).
- gaps are plugged or capped with a material that will be able to withstand subsequent thermal processing and inhibit displacement of the formed void therein. Gaps may be filled, or plugged, by employing selective deposition process that include chemical vapor deposition (CVD), atomic layer deposition (ALD), and electroless deposition processes.
- CVD chemical vapor deposition
- ALD atomic layer deposition
- electroless deposition processes electroless deposition processes.
- the material used to fill the gaps or voids may include nickel, cobalt, tungsten and alloys thereof.
- the method may include the steps of pretreating and then subsequently filling the gap by use of a CVD, ALD or electroless process using a conductive material such as nickel, ruthenium, cobalt, tungsten and alloys thereof.
- a gap may be filled with a dielectric material.
- a spin-on-glass (SOG) is deposited by a spin coating process.
- SOG materials typically include silicon dioxide (SiO 2 ) or doped SiO 2 materials.
- hafnium silicate is deposited by a vapor deposition process.
- the gaps within a tungsten plug are filled during a later process.
- the gap is temporally ignored, a dielectric layer is deposited on the substrate surface covering the gap and a second aperture is formed therein by an etching process over the tungsten plug and revealing the gap.
- a barrier layer e.g., tantalum-containing
- a seed layer e.g., copper
- PVD physical vapor deposition
- Gaps within a tungsten-containing contact plug may be filled with a material that will be stable during subsequent semiconductor fabrication processes and inhibit the creation voids in the subsequent deposited metal layers. Gaps may be capped by employing selective vapor deposition processes (e.g., CVD or ALD) or liquid deposition processes (e.g., electroless) to deposit a capping material, such as nickel, cobalt, tungsten and alloys thereof.
- selective vapor deposition processes e.g., CVD or ALD
- liquid deposition processes e.g., electroless
- FIG. 2A illustrates a cross-sectional view of substrate 200 following a CMP process, as discussed above while forming a tungsten-containing contact plug depicted in FIGS. 1A-1D .
- Substrate 200 contains contact layer 202 (e.g., MOS device source region, drain region, or gate region), dielectric layer 204 and plug 203 that includes tungsten layer 206 and gap 210 therein.
- the gap 210 which may be a seam, void or other defect, is created in tungsten layer 206 during the formation of the plug 203 (e.g., tungsten CVD process) and is then exposed during the subsequent CMP process.
- Dielectric layer 204 may contain a semiconductor material that includes silicon or silicon-containing materials.
- Dielectric layer 204 may be an insulating material such as silicon dioxide, silicon nitride, silicon-on-insulator (SOI), silicon oxynitride and/or carbon-doped silicon oxides, such as SiO x C y , for example, BLACK DIAMONDTM low-k dielectric, available from Applied Materials, Inc., located in Santa Clara, Calif.
- Contact layer 202 may contain a doped silicon layer.
- Tungsten layer 206 may contain tungsten, tungsten alloys or a tungsten-containing material that includes tungsten and oxygen, nitrogen, boron, silicon or combinations thereof. Due to the exposure to the atmospheric environment, the surface of the tungsten layer 206 may contain contaminates or oxides thereon.
- FIG. 2B depicts a capping layer 230 deposited on substrate 200 that covers gap 210 to form void 214 .
- Capping layer 230 may be composed of a conductive material or a dielectric material that will withstand subsequent thermal processing and inhibit displacement of void 214 into the subsequently deposited layers.
- capping layer 230 contains a metal deposited by a liquid deposition process or a vapor deposition process.
- capping layer 230 is a nickel-containing layer deposited by an electroless deposition solution.
- capping layer 230 is a cobalt-containing layer (e.g., CoW-alloy) deposited by an electroless deposition solution.
- capping layer 230 is a nickel-containing layer deposited by a CVD process.
- capping layer 230 is a dielectric material, such as a hafnium silicate layer deposited by a CVD process.
- Conductive layer 212 is deposited on the surface of substrate 200 containing capping layer 230 and dielectric layer 204 , as depicted in FIG. 2C .
- Layer 220 is deposited on conductive layer 212 .
- Conductive layer 212 may contain copper, tungsten, aluminum or an alloy thereof, while layer 220 may contain a dielectric material (e.g., silicon-containing) or an additional conductive material.
- conductive layer 212 contains copper and layer 220 is a dielectric layer.
- the capping layer 230 is formed from a material that does not readily deform, form an alloy with the conductive layer 212 , or change state so that the physical properties or electrical properties of the material in the capping layer 230 remain unchanged after subsequent semiconductor processing steps have been performed on the substrate.
- the materials used to form the capping layer 230 and conductive layer 212 are selected so that they resist migration of the deposited material into the void 214 and the integrity of conductive layer 212 is preserved.
- Capping layer 230 is composed of a material that withstands being exposed to a temperature of about 500° C. or higher, preferably about 700° C. or higher.
- substrate 200 may contain additional layers of material depending on the overall architecture of the electronic device.
- dielectric layer 204 may contain a barrier layer (not shown) thereon prior to the deposition of conductive layer 212 and/or conductive layer 212 may also contain a barrier layer (not shown) thereon prior to the deposition of layer 220 .
- a CMP process may be performed on the substrate 200 to planarize the dielectric layer 204 , capping layer 230 and tungsten layer 206 .
- a planar surface may improve the device performance and reduce device to device variability due to the reduction in thickness variation of the conductive layer 212 near the capping layer 230 , if the conductive layer 212 and capping layer 230 are formed from different materials.
- a capping layer 230 containing a cobalt-tungsten alloy or a nickel-containing material may be deposited by an electroless process that utilizes either a pre-mixed solution or an in-line mixing process that combines solution components to generate the electroless solution.
- an electroless solution used to deposit a cobalt-tungsten alloy may contain a cobalt source, a tungsten source, a citrate source, a hypophosphite source, a borane reductant and other additives.
- an electroless solution used to deposit a nickel-containing material may contain a nickel source, a citrate source, a borane reductant and other complexing agents and additives.
- cobalt-tungsten alloys that may electrolessly deposited include, but are not limited to cobalt boride (CoB), cobalt phosphide (CoP), cobalt tungsten phosphide (CoWP), cobalt tungsten boride (CoWB), cobalt molybdenum phosphide (CoMoP), cobalt molybdenum boride (CoMoB), cobalt rhenium boride (CoReB), cobalt rhenium phosphide (CoReP), derivatives thereof, or combinations thereof.
- CoB cobalt boride
- CoP cobalt phosphide
- CoWP cobalt tungsten phosphide
- CoWB cobalt tungsten boride
- CoMoP cobalt molybdenum phosphide
- CoMoB cobalt molybdenum boride
- CoReB cobalt rhenium boride
- the capping layer 230 preferably has a resistivity below about 10 microohm-cm and thus will have a resistivity similar to the material deposited in the tungsten layer 206 .
- the gap may be pretreated and filled with a material prior to depositing a conductive layer thereon (e.g., element 350 in FIG. 3H ).
- the fill material inhibits void displacement that may otherwise occur by migration of material from a conductive layer deposited over the gap, as depicted in FIG. 1F .
- the gap(s) may be plugged by employing selective vapor deposition processes (e.g., CVD or ALD), liquid deposition processes (e.g., electroless- or electroplating) or spin coating processes.
- Materials useful to fill the gap(s) may include conductive materials, such as nickel, ruthenium, cobalt, tungsten and alloys thereof, as well as dielectric materials, such as spin-on-glass (SOG).
- FIG. 3A illustrates a cross-sectional view of substrate 300 following a CMP process, as discussed above while forming a tungsten-containing contact plug depicted in FIG. 1D .
- Substrate 300 contains contact layer 302 (e.g., MOS device source or drain regions), dielectric layer 304 and plug 303 that includes tungsten layer 306 and gap 310 formed therein.
- the gap 310 which may be a seam, void or other defect, is created in tungsten layer 306 during the formation of the plug 303 (e.g., tungsten CVD process) and is generally exposed during the subsequent CMP process.
- Tungsten oxide surface 312 may be continuous or discontinuous across tungsten layer 306 and include a surface terminate with oxygen, hydrogen, hydroxides, metals and combinations thereof.
- FIGS. 3A-3D illustrate cross-sectional views of an electronic device at different stages of an interconnect fabrication sequence incorporating one embodiment of the invention to pretreat and subsequently fill the gap 310 with a conductive material.
- FIG. 3B illustrates substrate 300 after performing a pretreatment process to remove the tungsten oxide surface 312 and expose the metallic tungsten-containing surface 314 .
- tungsten oxide surface 312 is chemically reduced to tungsten metal.
- tungsten oxide surface 312 is exposed to a hydrogen plasma to remove the oxides and form a metallic tungsten-containing surface 314 .
- the tungsten oxide surface 312 is exposed to vapor deposition process containing diborane to remove the oxides and form metallic tungsten-containing surface 314 containing tungsten boride.
- the tungsten oxide surface 312 is exposed to wet clean process to further oxidize and remove tungstate ions while leaving behind a metallic tungsten-containing surface 314 .
- Additives, such as surface chelators, may be used within the wet clean solution that adhere to the freshly prepared metallic tungsten-containing surface 314 and inhibit oxidization.
- a plasma pretreatment process is conducted for a predetermined time to reduce tungsten oxide surface 312 and form a metallic tungsten-containing surface 314 .
- a plasma pretreatment process may occur for about 5 minutes or less, preferably in a range from about 1 second to about 60 seconds, more preferably from about 5 seconds to about 30 seconds.
- the substrate is maintained at a temperature in a range from about 20° C. to about 150° C., preferably from about 50° C. to about 100° C.
- the process chamber is maintained at a pressure in a range from about 0.1 Torr to about 750 Torr, preferably from about 1 Torr to about 100 Torr, and more preferably from about 10 Torr to about 30 Torr.
- the plasma treatment process may be conducted in a process chamber capable of plasma vapor deposition techniques.
- the substrate may be placed into a plasma enhanced ALD (PE-ALD), a plasma enhanced CVD (PE-CVD) or high density plasma CVD (HDP-CVD) chamber, such as the ULTIMA HDP-CVDTM, available from Applied Materials Inc., located in Santa Clara, Calif.
- PE-ALD plasma enhanced ALD
- PE-CVD plasma enhanced CVD
- HDP-CVD high density plasma CVD
- An inductively coupled plasma generating device, capacitively coupled plasma generating device, or combination thereof may be used in a plasma chamber to carryout the plasma treatment process.
- the tungsten oxide surface 312 is exposed to a reducing plasma containing a reductant to form the metallic tungsten-containing surface 314 .
- the reductant may be diluted in a carrier gas and include hydrogen, diborane, silane, disilane, phosphine, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof.
- a carrier gas is delivered to the process chamber during the plasma pretreatment process.
- Carrier gases may be selected so as to also act as a purge gas for the removal of volatile reactants and/or by-products from the process chamber.
- Carrier gases or purge gases include helium, argon, hydrogen, forming gas and combinations thereof.
- the carrier gas may be provided at a flow rate in a range from about 100 sccm to about 5,000 sccm, preferably from about 500 sccm to about 2,500 sccm.
- the reductant may be provided at a flow rate in a range from about 5 sccm to about 500 sccm, preferably from about 10 sccm to about 100 sccm.
- the plasma may be formed using an RF power delivered to the plasma generating devices (e.g., showerhead in a capacitively coupled chamber or a substrate support) utilized in the plasma chamber where the RF power ranges from 100 W to 10,000 W at an RF frequency between about 0.4 kHz and about 10 GHz.
- the plasma is formed using a showerhead RF power setting and a substrate support RF power setting that is in a range from about 500 W to about 5,000 W at a frequency of about 13.56 MHz.
- a substrate containing tungsten oxide is heated to about 50° C. and the process chamber is maintained at a pressure of about 10 Torr.
- a reducing plasma is exposed to the substrate containing hydrogen at a flow rate of about 1,000 sccm.
- the substrate is exposed to the reducing plasma for about 30 seconds to form a treated and reduced tungsten-containing layer.
- a substrate containing tungsten oxide is heated to about 50° C. and the process chamber is maintained at a pressure of about 10 Torr.
- a reducing plasma is exposed to the substrate at a flow rate of about 500 sccm, whereas the reducing plasma contains diborane at a flow rate of about 50 sccm and a helium carrier gas at the flow rate of about 450 sccm.
- the substrate is exposed to the reducing plasma for about 30 seconds to form a treated and reduced tungsten-containing layer.
- the tungsten oxide surface 312 is exposed to a reducing vapor to form metallic tungsten-containing surface 314 to perform a vapor deposition process type pretreatment process.
- the reductant may include borane, diborane, borane-alkylsulfides, such as borane-dimethylsulfide (BH 3 .(CH 3 ) 2 S), alkyboranes (e.g., ethylborane), phosphine, alkylposphines (e.g., dimethylphosphine), silane, disilane, trisilane, alkylsilanes (e.g., methylsilane), ammonia, hydrazine, hydrogen, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof.
- borane diborane
- borane-alkylsulfides such as borane-dimethylsulfide (BH 3 .(CH 3 ) 2 S)
- alkyboranes e.g.,
- the reductant is diborane, phosphine, silane, hydrazine, hydrogen or combinations thereof.
- the tungsten oxide surface 312 is exposed to a reducing vapor process for a predetermined time to form metallic tungsten-containing surface 314 .
- the reducing vapor process may occur for about 5 minutes or less, preferably in a range from about 1 second to about 120 seconds, more preferably from about 5 seconds to about 90 seconds.
- the substrate is maintained at a temperature in a range from about 20° C. to about 150° C., preferably from about 50° C. to about 100° C.
- the process chamber is maintained at a pressure in a range from about 0.1 Torr to about 750 Torr, preferably from about 1 Torr to about 100 Torr, and more preferably from about 10 Torr to about 30 Torr.
- a reductant may be exposed to tungsten oxide surface 312 directly or diluted in a carrier gas.
- a carrier gas flow is established within the process chamber and exposed to the substrate.
- Carrier gases may be selected so as to also act as a purge gas for the removal of volatile reactants and/or by-products from the process chamber.
- Carrier gases or purge gases include helium, argon, nitrogen, hydrogen, forming gas and combinations thereof.
- the carrier gas may be provided at a flow rate in a range from about 100 sccm to about 5,000 sccm, preferably from about 500 sccm to about 2,500 sccm.
- the reductant may be provided at a flow rate in a range from about 5 sccm to about 500 sccm, preferably from about 10 sccm to about 100 sccm.
- the reducing vapor process may be conducted in a process chamber capable of vapor deposition, such as an ALD process chamber or a CVD process chamber.
- a process chamber useful for ALD during the reducing vapor process is described in commonly assigned U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,916,398 and 6,878,206, which are both incorporated herein by reference.
- the tungsten oxide surface 312 is exposed to wet clean process to further oxidize and remove tungstate ion while leaving behind a metallic tungsten-containing surface 314 .
- a wet clean solution is dispensed across or sprayed on the surface of substrate 300 .
- the wet clean process may be an in situ process performed in the same processing cell as a subsequent electroless deposition process.
- substrate 300 may be wet cleaned in a separate processing cell from the subsequent electroless deposition processing cell.
- the wet clean process usually includes an acidic wet clean solution with a pH of about 4 or less, preferably, in a range from about 1.5 to about 3.
- the tungsten oxide surface 312 typically requires an aggressive cleaning at low pH values.
- the pH of the wet clean solution is usually adjusted by adding an acid or a base to the predetermined value.
- the acid may include hydrochloric acid (HCl), hydrogen fluoride (HF), sulfuric acid (H 2 SO 4 ), nitric acid (HNO 3 ), phosphoric acid (HPO 4 ), derivatives thereof and combinations thereof.
- the base may include a hydroxide salt, ammonia or an amine, such as diethanolamine (DEA), triethanolamine (TEA), derivatives thereof, salts thereof and combinations thereof.
- the wet clean solution also contains at least one chelator or complexing agent, such as a carboxylic acid or carboxylate, for example, a citrate, oxalic acid, glycine, salts thereof and combinations thereof.
- a carboxylic acid or carboxylate for example, a citrate, oxalic acid, glycine, salts thereof and combinations thereof.
- the wet clean solution contains about 0.05 M to about 0.5 M of citric acid and optionally up to about 0.25 M of methanesulfonic acid.
- the pretreatment process is used to etch and remove a portion of the tungsten oxide surface 312 to increase the size of the gap 310 in an effort to improve the ability of the subsequent deposition process steps (discussed below) to access and fill the gap 310 .
- the process of increasing the gap 310 is performed using a wet clean process for a desired period of time.
- a fill material 320 may be deposited thereon to fill the gap 310 , as illustrated in FIG. 3C .
- the fill material 320 may be composed of a conductive material or a dielectric material.
- fill material 320 contains a metal deposited by a liquid deposition process or a vapor deposition process.
- fill material 320 is a nickel-containing layer deposited by an electroless deposition solution.
- fill material 320 is a cobalt-containing layer (e.g., CoW-alloy) deposited by an electroless deposition solution.
- fill material 320 is a nickel-containing layer deposited by a CVD process.
- the capping layer 320 is formed from a material that does not readily deform, form an alloy with the conductive layer 350 , or change state so that the physical properties or electrical properties of the material in the capping layer 320 remain unchanged after subsequent semiconductor processing steps have been performed on the substrate. It is generally desirable to fill the gap 310 so that no gaps or voids are formed in the plug 303 or plug 321 , and thus integrity of conductive layer 350 is preserved during subsequent semiconductor processing steps.
- the material used to form the fill material 320 is selected so that it can withstands exposure to temperature of about 500° C. or higher, preferably about 700° C. or higher.
- FIG. 3D depicts substrate 300 after several fabrication processes have been performed on its surface to form the subsequent metal interconnect layer (e.g., M1 layer).
- a dielectric layer 324 was deposited on the surface of substrate 300 and etched to reveal fill material 320 and an upper surface tungsten layer 306 .
- a barrier layer 323 was deposited on dielectric layer 324 and seed/adhesion layer 325 is deposited on barrier layer 323 , each by a vapor deposition process, such as a PVD process or an ALD process.
- the barrier layer 323 typically will contain metals, such as titanium, titanium nitride, titanium silicon nitride, tantalum, tantalum nitride, tantalum silicon nitride, alloys thereof, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof.
- the seed/adhesion layer 325 typically will contain metals, such as tungsten, copper, ruthenium, titanium, tantalum, alloys thereof or combinations thereof.
- the barrier layer 323 and seed/adhesion layer 325 were removed from the surface of the fill material 320 and an upper surface tungsten layer 306 by use of a re-sputtering process that is typically performed in the PVD or PECVD processing chambers.
- barrier layer 323 and seed/adhesion layer 325 will help reduce the resistance of the circuit formed in the shown device, since the barrier layer 323 and seed/adhesion layer 325 are usually contain materials that have a resistivity higher than typical interconnect metals (e.g., conductive layer 350 ), such as copper.
- typical interconnect metals e.g., conductive layer 350
- Conductive layer 350 is deposited onto substrate 300 to form a plug 321 (or via) that is in electrical contact with plug 303 .
- Conductive layer 350 may contain copper, tungsten, aluminum or an alloy thereof.
- conductive layer 350 contains copper or a copper alloy.
- Conductive layer 350 may be deposited by a vapor deposition process (e.g., CVD or PVD) or a liquid deposition process (e.g., electroless or electroplating).
- a CMP process may be performed on the substrate 300 to planarize the dielectric layer 304 , capping layer 330 and tungsten layer 306 .
- a planar surface may improve the device performance and reduce device to device variability.
- a fill material 320 containing a cobalt-tungsten alloy or nickel alloy may be deposited by an electroless process that exposes the substrate to an electroless solution within a process chamber.
- An example of an electroless solution for depositing a cobalt-tungsten alloy may contain a cobalt source, a tungsten source, a citrate source, a hypophosphite source, a borane reductant and other additives.
- cobalt-tungsten alloys that may electrolessly deposited include, but are not limited to cobalt boride (CoB), cobalt phosphide (CoP), cobalt tungsten phosphide (CoWP), cobalt tungsten boride (CoWB), cobalt molybdenum phosphide (CoMoP), cobalt molybdenum boride (CoMoB), cobalt rhenium boride (CoReB), cobalt rhenium phosphide (CoReP), derivatives thereof, or combinations thereof.
- CoB cobalt boride
- CoP cobalt phosphide
- CoWP cobalt tungsten phosphide
- CoWB cobalt tungsten boride
- CoMoP cobalt molybdenum phosphide
- CoMoB cobalt molybdenum boride
- CoReB cobalt rhenium boride
- nickel alloys that may electrolessly deposited include, but are not limited to nickel boride (NiB), nickel phosphide (NiP), nickel tungsten phosphide (NiWP), nickel tungsten boride (NiWB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoP), nickel rhenium phosphide (NiReP), nickel rhenium boride (NiReB), derivatives thereof, or combinations thereof.
- NiB nickel boride
- NiP nickel phosphide
- NiWP nickel tungsten phosphide
- NiWB nickel tungsten boride
- NiMoB nickel molybdenum phosphide
- NiReP nickel rhenium phosphide
- NiReB nickel rhenium boride
- an electroless solution to deposit a nickel-containing material may contain a nickel source, a citrate source, a borane reductant and other complexing agents and additives.
- An exemplary electroless deposition process cell that may be one or more of the electroless deposition processes described herein is further described in the commonly assigned and copending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/996,342, filed Nov. 22, 2004 and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/175,251, filed Jul. 6, 2005, which are both incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- the fill material 320 preferably has a resistivity below about 10 microohm-cm and thus will have a resistivity similar to the material deposited in the tungsten layer 306 .
- a fill material 320 that is conductive, preferably metallic, will reduce the resistance of the circuit that utilizes the plug 303 (i.e., increase the effective cross-sectional area of the plug 303 ) and thus improve the device performance and reliability (e.g., reduces resistive heating effects).
- FIGS. 3A , and 3 E- 3 H illustrate cross-sectional views of an electronic device at different stages of an interconnect fabrication sequence that are used to pretreat and subsequently fill gap 310 with a fill material 320 .
- FIG. 3E illustrates substrate 300 after a pretreatment process has been performed on the substrate 300 shown in FIG. 3A .
- a ruthenium oxide layer 316 is deposited on the tungsten oxide surface 312 using a ruthenium tetroxide (RuO 4 ) containing gas. Thereafter, ruthenium oxide layer 316 may be chemically reduced to form ruthenium-containing layer 318 on tungsten oxide surface 312 , as illustrated in FIG. 3F .
- RuO 4 ruthenium tetroxide
- Ruthenium tetroxide may be delivered to the substrate in a vapor deposition process, such as an ozone generation process, or in a liquid deposition process, such as an aqueous solution or suspension.
- ruthenium tetroxide is generated by exposing a ruthenium-containing source to an oxidizing gas.
- Ruthenium tetroxide is a strong oxidant and therefore readily reacts with any exposed tungsten and/or tungsten oxide layers to form a consistent and catalytic active layer of ruthenium oxide or metallic ruthenium.
- An example of an exemplary process used to form ruthenium tetraoxide and deposit a ruthenium containing layer on the surface of the substrate is further described in the commonly assigned U.S.
- ruthenium tetroxide is formed by flowing an ozone containing gas, preferably >12 vol % ozone, across a metallic ruthenium source material (e.g., powdered ruthenium metal).
- a metallic ruthenium source material e.g., powdered ruthenium metal.
- the formed ruthenium tetraoxide is then delivered and separated from the other components in the ruthenium tetraoxide containing gas by use of a cold trap. Thereafter, the cold trap is purged of the unwanted gases and then warmed to a temperature to sublime the ruthenium tetroxide while a flow of inert gas is passed therethrough.
- a deposition gas containing ruthenium tetroxide is delivered to a substrate having a tungsten oxide layer formed thereon.
- the substrate is maintained at a temperature between of about 100° C. and about 450° C., and more preferably a temperature between about 200° C. and about 400° C.
- a ruthenium containing layer can be selectively or non-selectively deposited on certain preferred materials by adjusting the temperature of the substrate during processing (e.g., ⁇ 180° C.
- the ruthenium oxide layer 316 is exposed to a reductant forming ruthenium-containing layer 318 .
- the ruthenium oxide is chemically reduced to ruthenium metal.
- ruthenium oxide layer 316 is exposed to a hydrogen plasma to remove the oxygen and form metallic ruthenium-containing layer 318 .
- ruthenium oxide layer 316 is exposed to a vapor deposition process containing diborane to remove oxygen and form ruthenium-containing layer 318 containing ruthenium boride.
- ruthenium oxide layer 316 is exposed to phosphine through a vapor deposition process to remove oxygen and form ruthenium-containing layer 318 containing ruthenium phosphide.
- FIG. 3G depicts substrate 300 after several subsequent fabrication processes have been formed on the substrate, which is similarly described above in conjunction with FIG. 3D .
- the gap 310 is filled with a dielectric material as illustrated by cross-sectional views shown in FIGS. 3 A, 3 I- 3 K.
- FIG. 3A depicts substrate 300 with plug 303 that contains tungsten material 306 , tungsten oxide surface 312 and gap 310 therein.
- a pretreatment process to remove tungsten oxide surface 312 and reveal the surface of tungsten material 306 may be performed before depositing a dielectric fill material 330 into the gap 310 .
- a pretreatment process is not conducted and dielectric fill material 330 is deposited on substrate 300 to fill gap 310 , as depicted in FIG. 31 .
- Dielectric material 330 may be deposited on substrate 300 by a spin-coating process or by a vapor deposition process.
- dielectric fill material 330 is spin-on-glass (SOG) deposited by a spin-coating process.
- Dielectric fill material 330 containing SOG is formed by a polymerization reaction of precursor compounds that are dissolved in an organic solution. The isolated dielectric compound is useful to fill gap 310 .
- dielectric fill material 330 is a silicate or a polysiloxane and may contain a metal such as titanium, zirconium hafnium and/or vanadium. Therefore, the composition of a SOG used as dielectric fill material 330 may include silicon, carbon, oxygen, titanium, zirconium, hafnium, vanadium or combinations thereof.
- Substrate 300 is generally exposed to a thermal annealing, or curing, process following the SOG deposition process. Additional compositions of SOG and processes to deposit SOG into vias or trenches is described in J. W. Lutze et al., “Spin-on-glass for 200 nm trench isolation structures,” J. Micromech. Microeng , vol. 1, pp. 46-51 (1991), which is herein incorporated by reference.
- dielectric fill material 330 is a silicon-containing material or a metal-containing material deposited by an ALD process or a CVD process.
- dielectric fill material 330 deposited by vapor deposition processes include silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, aluminum oxide, tantalum oxide, hafnium oxide, hafnium silicate, zirconium oxide, zirconium silicate, titanium oxide, titanium silicate, derivates thereof and combinations thereof. Additional compositions of dielectric fill material 330 and vapor deposition processes to deposit dielectric fill material 330 is described the commonly assigned U.S.
- a planarization process such as a chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) process or etching process may be performed to remove an excess dielectric fill material 330 deposited on the surface of substrate 300 (i.e., field region 307 ) and expose the upper surface tungsten layer 306 , as depicted in FIG. 3J . Therefore, gap 310 remains filled with dielectric fill material 330 while substantially flush with the surface substrate 300 .
- CMP chemical mechanical polishing
- FIG. 3K depicts substrate 300 after several fabrication processes.
- Dielectric layer 324 is deposited on the surface of substrate 300 and etched to reveal fill dielectric fill material 330 and an upper surface tungsten layer 306 .
- Barrier layer 323 is deposited on dielectric layer 324 and seed/adhesion layer 325 is deposited on barrier layer 323 , each by a vapor deposition process, such as a PVD process or an ALD process.
- the barrier layer 323 and seed/adhesion layer 325 were removed from the surface of the dielectric layer 324 and an upper surface tungsten layer 306 by use of a re-sputtering process that is typically performed in the PVD or PECVD processing chambers.
- Conductive layer 350 is deposited onto substrate 300 forming plug 321 in contact with plug 303 .
- the dielectric fill material 330 is formed from a material that does not readily deform, form an alloy with the conductive layer 350 , or change state so that the physical properties or electrical properties of the material in the dielectric fill material 330 remain unchanged after subsequent semiconductor processing steps have been performed on the substrate. It is generally desirable to fill the gap 310 so that no gaps or voids are formed in the plug 303 or plug 321 , and thus integrity of conductive layer 350 is preserved during subsequent semiconductor processing steps.
- the material used to form the dielectric fill material 330 is selected so that it can withstands exposure to temperature of about 500° C. or higher, preferably about 700° C. or higher, and more preferably about 1,000° C. or higher.
- substrate 300 may contain one or more additional or intermediate layers of material without varying from the basic scope of the invention described herein.
- the sidewalls of the gap 310 formed in the dielectric layer 304 may be covered by a barrier layer or an adhesion layer (not shown) prior to the deposition of tungsten layer 306 .
- a process is used to initiate on a tungsten containing contact plug to form an interconnect feature (see item # 321 in FIGS. 3H and 3K and item # 443 in FIG. 4F ).
- an interconnect plug 443 is formed over the plug 403 so that an electrical connection can be made between the contact layer 402 , the interconnect plug 443 and any subsequently deposited layers, such as the M2 and above interconnects (not shown).
- any gaps formed within a tungsten-containing contact plug is postponed until the subsequent metal layer(s) are formed over the plug 403 (see FIG. 4A ). While FIGS.
- FIG. 4A-4F illustrates a tungsten-containing contact plug that has a gap 410 formed therein
- this configuration is not intended to be limiting as to the scope of the invention since the methods described herein may be useful to create an interconnect feature over a tungsten-containing contact plug that does not contain this type of defect.
- this process requires the deposition of dielectric layer over the plug 403 formed on the substrate 400 .
- various conventional lithographic patterning and etching techniques are used to form an aperture 405 (or via) so that an interconnect layer can be deposited on the plug 403 .
- various materials may be used to fill the gap 410 and aperture 405 , which may include conductive materials, such as copper, nickel, ruthenium, cobalt, tungsten and alloys thereof.
- FIG. 4A illustrates a cross-sectional view of substrate 400 following a CMP process, as discussed above during processes forming a tungsten-containing contact plug depicted in FIG. 1D .
- Substrate 400 contains contact layer 402 , dielectric layer 404 and plug 403 that includes tungsten layer 406 formed in the gap 410 .
- the gap 410 which may be a seam, void or other defect, is created in tungsten layer 406 during the formation of the plug 403 (e.g., tungsten CVD process) and is then exposed during the subsequent CMP process.
- the surface of the tungsten layer 406 may contain a tungsten oxide layer 412 that is formed by atmospheric oxidation or exposure to an oxidizer, such as during an ashing process.
- the tungsten oxide layer 412 may be continuous or discontinuous across tungsten layer 406 and include a surface terminated with oxygen, hydrogen, hydroxides and combinations thereof.
- the tungsten oxide layer 412 may be removed by a reduction process or a pre-clean process as described above to form a metallic tungsten-containing surface (not shown), substantially free of tungsten oxide layer 412 .
- FIG. 4B illustrates substrate 400 after a dielectric layer 420 has been formed on the dielectric layer 404 and plug 403 .
- a void 411 will be formed as the deposited dielectric layer 420 seals off the gap 410 formed in the plug 403 .
- the dielectric layer 420 may coat the inside surface of void 411 forming dielectric surface 418 .
- the gap 410 may be completely filled by dielectric material 420 and thus void 411 does not exist (not shown).
- the dielectric layer 420 and the dielectric surface 418 are composed of a dielectric material that may include silicon dioxide, silicon nitride, SOI, silicon oxynitride and/or carbon-doped silicon oxides, such as SiO x C y , for example, BLACK DIAMONDTM low-k dielectric, available from Applied Materials, Inc., located in Santa Clara, Calif.
- the dielectric material forming dielectric layer 420 and dielectric surface 418 may be deposited by a vapor deposition process such as CVD or plasma-enhanced-CVD (PE-CVD).
- a TEOS CVD process utilizing the precursor tetraethyl orthosilicate (Si(OC 2 H 5 ) 4 or TEOS), is conducted to deposit a silicon oxide material at about 700° C.
- a TEOS PE-CVD process is conducted to deposit a silicon oxide material at about 500° C.
- FIG. 4C illustrates substrate 400 after the dielectric layer 420 has been masked and etched, using conventional techniques, to form a via or aperture 405 to reveal plug 403 and gap 410 .
- the gap 410 may contain a dielectric coating, or dielectric surface 418 , as shown.
- dielectric surface 418 may be removed during the etching process to remove dielectric layer 420 (not shown). In this case a wet or dry etching process(es) may be performed to remove the dielectric surface 418 material from the surface of the gap 410 .
- a pretreatment process is performed to remove the tungsten oxide surface 412 after the dielectric surface 418 has been removed, but prior to depositing the barrier layer 430 .
- the tungsten oxide surface 412 is removed to expose a metallic tungsten-containing surface (e.g., similar to the item 314 in FIG. 3B ).
- tungsten oxide surface 412 is chemically reduced to tungsten metal.
- tungsten oxide surface 412 is exposed to a hydrogen plasma to remove the oxides and form a metallic tungsten-containing surface.
- the tungsten oxide surface 412 is exposed to vapor deposition process containing diborane to remove the oxides and form metallic tungsten-containing surface containing tungsten boride. In another aspect, the tungsten oxide surface 412 is exposed to wet clean process to further oxidize and remove tungstate ions while leaving behind a metallic tungsten-containing surface. Processes that may be used to perform the pretreatment process are discussed above in conjunction with FIGS. 3A-3C .
- barrier layer 430 is deposited on substrate 400 , including on dielectric layer 420 , aperture 405 and the gap 410 .
- Barrier layer 430 may contain a material that acts as an adhesion and/or diffusion barrier layer for the subsequently deposited materials deposited thereon, such as copper.
- Materials to form barrier layer 430 may include tantalum, tantalum nitride, tantalum silicon nitride, titanium, titanium nitride, titanium silicon nitride, ruthenium, alloys thereof, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof.
- Barrier layer 430 may be deposited by vapor deposition process that includes PVD, ALD or CVD.
- barrier layer 430 is a tantalum-containing compound deposited by a PVD process.
- the barrier layer 430 may be removed from the surface of the plug 403 by use of a re-sputtering process that is typically performed in the PVD or PECVD processing chambers.
- FIG. 4E illustrates the substrate 400 after an optional seed layer 440 has been deposited on barrier layer 430 and into gap 410 .
- the optional seed layer 440 may increase adhesion or promote nucleation sites for subsequently deposited bulk-fill materials.
- the seed layer 440 may be a continuous layer or a non-continuous layer across the surface of barrier layer 430 . Therefore, barrier layer 430 may be exposed if seed layer 440 is a non-continuous layer.
- Seed layer 440 may contain a metal, such as, copper, tungsten, tantalum, titanium, ruthenium, alloys thereof, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof.
- Seed layer 440 may be deposited by a vapor deposition process that includes PVD, ALD and CVD or a liquid deposition process that includes electroless or electroplating.
- seed layer 440 is a copper-containing compound deposited by a PVD process.
- FIG. 4F illustrates substrate 400 after a bulk fill layer 450 has been deposited on seed layer 440 , thus filling gap 410 and aperture 405 .
- the deposition of bulk fill layer 450 completes the formation of interconnect plug 443 that is in electrical contact to plug 403 .
- Bulk fill layer 450 may contain a conductive metal that includes copper (Cu), tungsten (W), aluminum (Al), ruthenium (Ru), nickel (Ni), cobalt (Co), alloys thereof, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof.
- Bulk fill layer 450 may be deposited by a vapor deposition process that includes PVD and CVD or a liquid deposition process that includes electroless or electroplating.
- bulk fill layer 450 is a copper-containing compound deposited by a PVD process. In another example, bulk fill layer 450 is a tungsten-containing compound deposited by a CVD process. In another example, bulk fill layer 450 is a nickel-containing compound deposited by an electroless deposition process. In another example, bulk fill layer 450 is a cobalt-tungsten alloy deposited by an electroless deposition process. In another example, bulk fill layer 450 is a copper-containing compound deposited by an electroless deposition process. In another example, bulk fill layer 450 is a copper-containing compound deposited by an electroplating process.
- FIGS. 5A-5G illustrate the process of forming an interconnect plug 543 (See FIGS. 5D and 5G ) over the plug 503 so that an electrical connection can be made between the contact layer 502 , the interconnect plug 543 and any subsequently deposited layers, such as the M2 interconnect layers (not shown).
- this process starts by depositing a dielectric layer over the plug 503 that was previously formed on the substrate 500 .
- various conventional lithographic patterning and etching techniques are used to form an aperture 505 (or via) so that an interconnect layer (i.e., bulk fill layer 550 ) can be deposited on the plug 503 .
- FIG. 5A illustrates a cross-sectional view of substrate 500 after a CMP process has been performed on a tungsten-containing contact plug.
- Substrate 500 contains contact layer 502 , dielectric layer 504 and plug 503 that includes tungsten layer 506 .
- the surface 512 of the tungsten layer 506 may contain a tungsten oxide layer that is formed by atmospheric oxidation or exposure to an oxidizer, such as during an ashing process.
- the tungsten oxide layer may be continuous or discontinuous across tungsten layer 506 and include a surface terminated with oxygen, hydrogen, hydroxides and combinations thereof.
- the tungsten oxide layer may be removed by a reduction process or a pre-clean process as described above to form a metallic tungsten-containing surface (not shown), substantially free of tungsten oxide layer.
- FIG. 5B illustrates substrate 500 after a dielectric layer 520 has been formed on the dielectric layer 504 and plug 503 .
- the dielectric layer 520 may be composed of a dielectric material that may include silicon dioxide, silicon nitride, SOI, silicon oxynitride and/or carbon-doped silicon oxides, such as SiO x C y , for example, BLACK DIAMONDTM low-k dielectric, available from Applied Materials, Inc., located in Santa Clara, Calif.
- the dielectric material forming dielectric layer 520 may be deposited by a vapor deposition process such as CVD or plasma-enhanced-CVD (PE-CVD).
- a TEOS CVD process utilizing the precursor tetraethyl orthosilicate (Si(OC 2 H 5 ) 4 or TEOS), is conducted to deposit a silicon oxide material at about 700° C.
- a TEOS PE-CVD process is conducted to deposit a silicon oxide material at about 500° C.
- FIG. 5C illustrates substrate 500 after the dielectric layer 520 has been masked and etched, using conventional techniques, to form a via or aperture 505 to reveal plug 503 .
- a pretreatment process is performed to remove the tungsten oxide layer on the surface 512 after the dielectric material has been removed, but prior to depositing the barrier layer 530 or bulk fill layer 550 .
- the tungsten oxide on the surface 512 is removed to expose a metallic tungsten-containing surface (e.g., similar to the item 314 in FIG. 3B ).
- tungsten oxide is chemically reduced to tungsten metal.
- tungsten oxide is exposed to a hydrogen plasma to remove the oxides and form a metallic tungsten-containing surface.
- the tungsten oxide is exposed to vapor deposition process containing diborane to remove the oxides and form metallic tungsten-containing surface containing tungsten boride.
- the tungsten oxide is exposed to wet clean process to further oxidize and remove tungstate ions while leaving behind a metallic tungsten-containing surface. Processes that may be used to perform the pretreatment process are discussed above in conjunction with FIGS. 3A-3C .
- various processing steps 3000 are used to prepare the surface of the substrate prior to depositing the bulk fill layer 550 .
- the processing steps 3000 generally includes 1) an oxide removal step, 2) a surface preparation step, 3) an activation step, 4) an optional activation rinse step, and 5) an optional chelating rinse step. Each of the steps will be discussed in turn.
- the surface 512 is exposed to a clean solution to remove leftover etch residues from the formation of the interconnect feature 505 and/or any left over dielectric material (Item # 520 FIG. 5B ).
- the clean solution may be useful to remove some of the tungsten oxides formed on the surface 512 , but cleaning solutions that are too aggressive will aggressively attack commonly used dielectric layer 520 materials.
- the preparation of the surface 512 typically requires a clean solution that has a low pH.
- the pH of the clean solution is usually adjusted by adding an acid or a base (e.g., DEA, TEA) to the predetermined value.
- the clean process usually includes an acidic clean solution with a pH of about 4 or less, preferably, in a range from about 1.5 to about 3.
- the acid may include hydrochloric acid (HCl), hydrogen fluoride (HF), sulfuric acid (H 2 SO 4 ), nitric acid (HNO 3 ), phosphoric acid (HPO 4 ), derivatives thereof and combinations thereof.
- the clean solution contains between about 0.1 wt % and about 5 wt % of hydrofluoric acid (HF).
- the clean solution contains about 0.5 wt % of hydrofluoric acid (HF).
- a clean solution is dispensed across or sprayed on the surface of substrate 500 at a temperature at or near room temperature.
- the time the clean solution is in contact with the surface of the substrate to achieve a desired result may depend on the prior processing steps the substrate has gone through and the concentration of the clean solution components. For example, an aqueous solution that contains about 0.5 wt % of hydrofluoric acid (HF) may only require about a 30 second exposure to the substrate surface.
- HF hydrofluoric acid
- the surface 512 is exposed to surface preparation step that is adapted to further normalize the surface 512 prior to performing the subsequent deposition steps. It is believed that exposure of the surface 512 to a tungstate source will tend to normalize the activity of all the exposed regions across the substrate surface so that they all behave similarly in the subsequent processing steps.
- a preparation solution containing tungstic acid (H 2 WO 4 ) and/or various tungstate salts, or other water soluble WO 4 2 ⁇ sources, hydrates thereof, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof are dispensed on the substrate surface to promote the bonding of the subsequent layers to the substrate surface.
- the preparation solution contains tungstic acid in a concentration between about 0.002 M and about 0.1 M, and has an adjusted pH of between about 12 and about 13 by the addition of a base (e.g., TMAH).
- a base e.g., TMAH
- the tungstic acid concentration in the preparation solution is between about 0.06 and about 0.1 M and the pH is about 12.5.
- the preparation solution is dispensed on the surface of the substrate at a temperature at or near room temperature (e.g., ⁇ 20° C.). The time the preparation solution is in contact with the surface of the substrate to achieve a desired result may depend on the prior processing steps the substrate has gone through and the concentration of the processing solution components. For example, an aqueous solution that contains about 10 g/l of tungstic acid and has adjusted pH of about 12.5 may only require between about a 30 second and about a 45 second exposure to the substrate surface.
- the surface 512 is activated using an activation solution.
- an initiation layer (not shown) may be formed on the surface 512 by displacement plating of a catalytic metal such as palladium, platinum, ruthenium, osmium, rhodium or iridium.
- a catalytic metal such as palladium, platinum, ruthenium, osmium, rhodium or iridium.
- Typical procedures for cleaning and displacement plating of tungsten with palladium employ dilute aqueous acid solutions of palladium salts such as palladium chloride, palladium nitrate or palladium sulfate.
- An example of a suitable acidic activation solution is one prepared by addition of about 4 ml of a 10 wt % Pd(NO 3 ) 2 in 10% nitric acid to 1 liter of deionized water.
- an activation solution contains about 120 ppm palladium chloride and sufficient hydrochloric acid to provide a pH in a range from about 1.5 to about 3. Substrates to be activated are exposed to the activation solution for about 30 seconds at room or ambient temperature.
- an optional rinse process (step 3005 ) is used to activate the initiation layer, clean the substrate surface and/or remove remaining contaminants from any of the early processes.
- a rinse activation solution is dispensed on the substrate surface to activate the initiation layer formed in the third step.
- the rinse activation solution is a reducing solution (e.g., DMAB, glyoxylic acid) that is delivered to the substrate surface for wetting, cleaning and thermally equilibrating the substrate surface.
- DMAB reducing solution
- glyoxylic acid e.glyoxylic acid
- one liter of a rinse activation solution containing about 1.2 g DMAB and about 3.3 g of 50% H 3 PO 2 to DI water at ambient temperature, and enough 25% TMAH to adjust the pH to about 9.25, is dispensed on the substrate surface.
- a rinse activation solution may contain about 1.2 g/L DMAB, 7.2 g/L of citric acid, 0.1 g/L of hydroxypyridine (a stabilizer), and about 3.3 g/L of 50% H 3 PO 2 , DI water, and then adding 25% TMAH to adjust the pH to about 9.25.
- the rinse activation solution contains DMAB in a concentration from about 1 mM to about 200 mM, and preferably, about 20 mM.
- the rinse process may be for about 30 seconds.
- an optional chelating process that uses a chelating solution is dispensed on the substrate surface to clean the substrate surface and/or remove remaining contaminants from any of the early processes.
- the chelating solution is used to remove and prevent particles from forming on the activated surface.
- a room temperature chelating solution containing about 0.1 M of citric acid is dispensed on and/or remains in contact with the substrate surface for about 30 seconds.
- the rinse process includes rinsing the substrate surface with deionized water at or near room temperature.
- the substrate will be rinsed for a period from about 1 second to about 30 seconds, preferably from about 5 seconds to about 10 seconds.
- a bulk fill layer 550 is then deposited on the surface 512 of the plug 503 to fill the aperture 505 .
- the bulk fill layer 550 may be selectively deposited so that the plug 543 is filled from the bottom up, thus preventing defects from being formed in the plug 543 from the growth of the film on the side walls of the aperture 505 (e.g., typically described as “pinch off”).
- the bulk fill layer 550 may be selectively deposited on the surface 512 by use of a vapor deposition process that includes ALD or CVD.
- the bulk fill layer 550 is selectively deposited using an electroless deposition process.
- electrolessly deposited films are preferred, since they will not contain the amount of carbon that CVD and ALD deposited films contain due to the incorporation of the CVD or ALD precursor materials in the deposited film.
- the incorporation of carbon in the deposited film will affect the resistivity and adhesion of the deposited layer to prior or subsequently deposited layers.
- Electrolessly deposited films are also favored over PVD deposited films, since PVD deposited films will tend to “pinch off” at the top of the aperture 505 , since PVD it is a line-of-sight type deposition process.
- Electroless deposition processes are also useful to form metal layers that have two or more metal components contained therein. In one aspect, it may be desirable to varying composition of the electrolessly deposited layer that contains two or more metal components.
- the bulk fill layer 550 may contain a conductive metal that includes copper (Cu), tungsten (W), aluminum (Al), ruthenium (Ru), nickel (Ni), cobalt (Co), alloys thereof, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof.
- the bulk fill layer 550 may include cobalt boride (CoB), cobalt phosphide (CoP), cobalt tungsten phosphide (CoWP), cobalt tungsten boride (CoWB), cobalt molybdenum phosphide (CoMoP), cobalt molybdenum boride (CoMoB), cobalt rhenium boride (CoReB), cobalt rhenium phosphide (CoReP), nickel boride (NiB), nickel phosphide (NiP), nickel tungsten phosphide (NiWP), nickel tungsten boride (NiWB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoP), nickel rhenium phosphide (NiReP), derivatives thereof or combinations thereof.
- CoB cobalt boride
- CoP cobalt pho
- barrier layer 530 is deposited on substrate 500 , including on dielectric layer 520 , and aperture 505 .
- Barrier layer 530 may contain a material that acts as an adhesion and/or diffusion barrier layer for the subsequently deposited materials deposited thereon, such as copper.
- Materials to form barrier layer 530 may include tantalum, tantalum nitride, tantalum silicon nitride, titanium, titanium nitride, titanium silicon nitride, ruthenium, alloys thereof, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof.
- Barrier layer 530 may be deposited by vapor deposition process that includes PVD, ALD or CVD.
- barrier layer 530 is a tantalum-containing compound deposited by a PVD process.
- the barrier layer 530 may be removed from the surface of the plug 503 by use of a re-sputtering process that is typically performed in the PVD or PECVD processing chambers.
- FIG. 5F illustrates the substrate 500 after an optional seed layer 540 has been deposited on barrier layer 530 .
- the optional seed layer 540 may increase adhesion or promote nucleation sites for subsequently deposited bulk-fill layer 550 .
- the seed layer 540 may be a continuous layer or a non-continuous layer across the surface of barrier layer 530 . Therefore, barrier layer 530 may be exposed if seed layer 540 is a non-continuous layer.
- Seed layer 540 may contain a metal, such as, copper, tungsten, tantalum, titanium, ruthenium, alloys thereof, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof.
- Seed layer 540 may be deposited by a vapor deposition process that includes PVD, ALD and CVD or a liquid deposition process that includes electroless or electroplating.
- seed layer 540 is a copper-containing compound deposited by a PVD process.
- FIG. 5G illustrates substrate 500 after a bulk fill layer 550 has been deposited on seed layer 540 , thus the aperture 505 .
- the deposition of bulk fill layer 550 completes the formation of interconnect plug 543 that is in electrical contact to plug 503 .
- Bulk fill layer 550 may contain a conductive as described above.
- Bulk fill layer 550 may be deposited by a vapor deposition process that includes PVD and CVD or a liquid deposition process that includes electroless or electroplating.
- the bulk fill layer 550 is a copper-containing compound deposited by a PVD process.
- bulk fill layer 550 is a tungsten-containing compound deposited by a CVD process.
- bulk fill layer 550 is a nickel-containing compound deposited by an electroless deposition process. In another example, bulk fill layer 550 is a cobalt-tungsten alloy deposited by an electroless deposition process. In another example, bulk fill layer 550 is a copper-containing compound deposited by an electroless deposition process. In another example, bulk fill layer 550 is a copper-containing compound deposited by an electroplating process.
- an electroless deposition solution useful to form nickel-containing material contains a nickel source, a reductant, at least one complexing agent, a pH adjusting agent, water and optional additives and surfactants.
- Nickel-containing material may be deposited by an electroless process utilizing either a pre-mixed electroless deposition solution or an in-line mixing process that combines solution components to generate the electroless solution.
- the nickel source within the electroless deposition solution may have a concentration within a range from about 20 mM to about 200 mM, preferably from about 40 mM to about 80 mM, and more preferably from about 50 mM to about 70 mM, such as about 60 mM.
- Nickel sources provide nickel ions (e.g., Ni 2+ ) dissolved within the electroless solution and later reduced out as the deposited nickel-containing material.
- Useful nickel sources include nickel sulfate, nickel chloride, nickel acetate, nickel phosphate, derivatives thereof, hydrates thereof or combinations thereof.
- nickel sulfate hexahydrate NiSO 4 .6H 2 O is used in the electroless solution to deposit nickel-containing materials.
- the reductant within the electroless deposition solution may have a concentration within a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 2 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 5 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 14 mM.
- Reductants provide electrons to induce chemical reduction of the nickel ions that form and deposit the nickel-containing material.
- Reductants may include organic reductants (e.g., formaldehyde or glyoxylic acid), hydrazine, organic hydrazines (e.g., methyl hydrazine), hypophosphite sources (e.g., hypophosphorous acid (H 3 PO 2 ), ammonium hypophosphite ((NH 4 ) 4-x H x PO 2 ) and salts thereof), borane sources (e.g., dimethylamine borane complex ((CH 3 ) 2 NH.BH 3 ), DMAB), trimethylamine borane complex ((CH 3 ) 3 N.BH 3 ), TMAB), tert-butylamine borane complex ( t BuNH 2 .BH 3 ), tetrahydrofuran borane complex (THF.BH 3 ), pyridine borane complex (C 5 H 5 N.BH 3 ), ammonia borane complex (NH 3 .BH 3 ), borane (BH 3 ), dibor
- Chelators or complexing agents are in the electroless solution to complex nickel ions thereby stabilizing the solubility and reduction of nickel ions.
- the complexing agents may have a concentration within a range from about 50 mM to about 2 M, preferably from about 100 mM to about 1 M, and more preferably from about 200 mM to about 500 mM.
- Complexing agents generally may have functional groups, such as carboxylic acids, dicarboxylic acids, polycarboxylic acids, amino acids, amines, diamines, polyamines, alkylamines, alkanolamines and alkoxyamines.
- Complexing agents may include citric acid, citrates, glycolic acid, glycine, malonic acid, maleic acid, lactic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), ethylenediamine (EDA), triethylene tetramine (TETA), diaminoethane, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine (DEA), triethanolamine (TEA), hydroxylamine hydrochloride, ammonia, ammonium chloride, derivatives thereof, salts thereof or combinations thereof.
- the electroless solution contains more than one complexing agent.
- the electroless solution contains at least citric acid or citrate salts, more preferably, the electroless solution also contains DEA, glycine and/or lactic acid.
- the electroless solution contains about 60 mM of citric acid, 60 mM of DEA, 15 mM of glycine and 120 mM of lactic acid.
- a pH adjusting agent is added to adjust the electroless solution to a pH value within a range from about 8 to about 11, preferably from about 9 to about 10, and more preferably from about 8.0 to about 8.5, such as about 8.5.
- the pH adjusting agent may be an acidic compound to decrease the pH value of the electroless solution and include hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof.
- the pH adjusting agent may be a basic compound to increase the pH value of the electroless solution and include metal hydroxides, tetraalkylammonium hydroxides (e.g., tetramethylammonium hydroxide ((CH 3 ) 4 NOH, TMAH) or tetraethylammonium hydroxide ((CH 3 CH 2 ) 4 NOH, TEAH)), ammonium hydroxide, DEA, TEA, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof.
- the pH adjusting agent may be dissolved in water prior to adjusting the pH value of the electroless solution.
- a 25 wt % aqueous solution of TMAH is used as a pH adjusting agent.
- both TMAH and DEA are used to adjust the pH value of an electroless solution.
- the optional additives may include levelers, accelerators and suppressors.
- Levelers within the electroless solution are used to achieve different deposition thickness as a function of leveler concentration and feature geometry while depositing nickel-containing materials.
- the leveler within the electroless deposition solution may have a concentration within a range from about 20 ppb to about 600 ppm, preferably from about 100 ppb to about 100 ppm.
- Examples of levelers that may be employed in an electroless solution include, but are not limited to alkylpolyimines and organic sulfonates, such as 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2-imidazolidinethione (HIT), 4-mercaptopyridine, 2-mercaptothiazoline, ethylene thiourea, thiourea or derivatives thereof.
- the electroless deposition solution may contain brighteners or accelerators and suppressors as alternative additives to provide further control of the deposition process.
- the role of accelerators is to achieve a smoothly deposited surface of the nickel-containing material.
- the accelerator within the electroless deposition solution has a concentration within a range from about 20 ppb to about 600 ppm, preferably from about 100 ppb to about 100 ppm.
- Accelerators that are useful in an electroless solution for depositing nickel-containing materials may include sulfur-based compounds such as bis(3-sulfopropyl)disulfide (SPS), 3-mercapto-1-propane sulfonic acid (MPSA), aminoethane sulfonic acids, thiourea, derivatives thereof, combinations thereof.
- Suppressors are used to suppress nickel deposition by initially adsorbing onto underlying catalytic surfaces and therefore blocking access to the catalyst of the reaction.
- Suppressors generally may include polyethylene glycol (PEG), polypropylene glycol (PPG), polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymer (POCP), benzotriazole (BTA), dipyridyl, dimethyl dipyridyl, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof.
- the suppressor within the electroless deposition solution may have a concentration within a range from about 20 ppb to about 600 ppm, preferably from about 100 ppb to about 100 ppm.
- the electroless solution may contain boric acid as an additional additive.
- Boric acid is added to provide additional buffering and to stabilize the composition of the solution.
- Boric acid is an oxidation by-product from the chemical reactions of borane reductants (e.g., DMAB). Therefore, an electroless solution containing boric acid is more normalized at the start of the deposition process since a less steep dissipation gradient exist as additional boric acid is formed from the borane reductant.
- Boric acid is preferably within the electroless deposition solution at concentration within a range from about 1 mM to about 50 mM, preferably from about 2 mM to about 20 M, and more preferably from about 3 mM to about 15 mM, such as about 5 mM.
- an optional surfactant may be added to the electroless solution.
- the surfactant is a wetting agent to reduce the surface tension between the electroless solution and the substrate surface.
- Surfactants are generally added to the electroless solution at a concentration of about 1,000 ppm or less, preferably about 800 ppm or less, such as from about 20 ppb to about 600 ppm.
- the surfactant may have ionic or non-ionic characteristics.
- a preferred surfactant includes dodecyl sulfates, such as sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS).
- Other surfactants that may be used in the electroless deposition solution include glycol ether based surfactants (e.g., polyethylene glycol).
- a glycol ether based surfactants may contain polyoxyethylene units, such as TRITON® 100, available from Dow Chemical Company.
- a nonylphenol ethoxylate surfactant is useful in the electroless deposition solution, such as TERGITOL®, available from Dow Chemical Company or IGEPAL-630, available from GAF Corporation.
- Other useful surfactants may contain phosphate units, for example, sodium poly(oxyethylene)phenyl ether phosphate, such as RHODAFAC® RE-610, available from Rhodia, Inc.
- the surfactants may be single compounds or a mixture of compounds of molecules containing varying length of hydrocarbon chains.
- An electroless process to deposit nickel-containing materials may utilize an in-line mixing process to form the electroless solution.
- the process may contain the addition of two, three, four or more componential solutions to form the electroless solution.
- the electroless solution is formed by combining a buffered cleaning solution, a nickel-containing solution, a reducing solution and water, where each solution is a concentrate and water is added to reach a predetermined concentration of the final solution.
- the electroless solution is formed by combining a buffered cleaning solution, a nickel-containing solution and a reducing solution, where each of the solutions are pre-diluted and therefore do not require additional water.
- the electroless solution is formed by combining a buffered nickel-containing solution, a reducing solution and water, where a buffered cleaning solution and a nickel-containing solution are combined to form the buffered nickel-containing solution.
- a buffered cleaning solution and a nickel-containing solution are combined to form the buffered nickel-containing solution.
- a buffered cleaning solution usually contains water, at least one complexing agent, additives and a pH adjusting agent.
- the complexing agent within the buffered cleaning solution is at a concentration from about 0.2 M to about 3 M, preferably from about 0.5 M to about 2 M.
- the additive within the buffered cleaning solution is at a concentration from about 10 mM to about 1 M, preferably from about 50 mM to about 500 mM.
- the pH adjusting agent is at a concentration to provide the buffered cleaning solution with a pH value in a range from about 7.5 to about 11, preferably from about 8 to about 10, and more preferably from about 9.2 to about 9.6, such as about 9.4.
- a buffered cleaning solution contains water, about 1.15 M of DEA, about 375 mM of citric acid, about 300 mM of glycine, about 100 mM of boric acid and a concentration of TMAH to adjust the pH value to about 9.4.
- a buffered cleaning solution contains water, about 330 mM of DEA, about 300 mM of citric acid, about 150 mM of glycine, about 50 mM of boric acid and a concentration of TMAH to adjust the pH value to about 9.4.
- a nickel-containing solution usually contains water, a nickel source, at least one complexing agent and a pH adjusting agent.
- the nickel source within the nickel-containing solution is at a concentration from about 50 mM to about 1 M, preferably from about 100 mM to about 500 mM, such as about 300 mM.
- the complexing agent within the nickel-containing solution is at a concentration from about 0.2 M to about 2 M, preferably from about 0.5 M to about 1 M.
- the pH adjusting agent is at a concentration to provide the nickel-containing solution with a pH value in a range from about 8 to about 11, preferably from about 9 to about 10, and more preferably from about 8.0 to about 8.5, such as about 8.5.
- a nickel-containing solution contains water, about 100 mM of citric acid, about 300 mM of nickel sulfate, about 600 mM of 85% lactic acid and a concentration of TMAH to adjust the pH value to about 9.4.
- a reducing solution usually contains water, at least one reductant, at least one complexing agent and a pH adjusting agent.
- the reductant within the reducing solution is at a concentration from about 10 mM to about 500 mM, preferably from about 50 mM to about 100 mM, such as about 70 mM.
- the complexing agent within the reducing solution is at a concentration from about 1 mM to about 50 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 15 mM, such as about 10 mM.
- the pH adjusting agent is at a concentration to provide the reducing solution with a pH value in a range from about 8 to about 11, preferably from about 9 to about 10, and more preferably from about 8.0 to about 8.5, such as about 8.5.
- a reducing solution contains water, about 10 mM of citric acid, about 70 mM of DMAB and a concentration of TMAH to adjust the pH value to about 9.4.
- the electroless solution is preferably formed by in-line mixing process that combines various volumetric ratios of the buffered cleaning solution, the nickel-containing solution, the reducing solution and water.
- 1 volumetric equivalent of a buffered cleaning solution, 4 volumetric equivalents of a nickel-containing solution, 4 volumetric equivalents of a reducing solution and 11 volumetric equivalents of deionized water are in-line mixed to form an electroless solution. That is, the volumetric ratio of the buffered cleaning solution, the nickel-containing solution, the reducing solution and the deionized water is 1:4:4:11 (5%, 20%, 20%, 55% of electroless solution).
- a volumetric ratio of the buffered cleaning solution, the nickel-containing solution, the reducing solution and the water is 1:2:2:5 (10%, 20%, 20%, 50% of electroless solution) and 1:1:1:3 (16.7%, 16.7%, 16.7%, 50% of electroless solution).
- an electroless solution contains: nickel sulfate with a concentration in a range from about 20 mM to about 200 mM, preferably from about 40 mM to about 80 mM, and more preferably from about 50 mM to about 70 mM, such as about 60 mM; DMAB with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 2 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 5 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 14 mM; citric acid with a concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 500 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 100 mM, and more preferably from about 40 mM to about 80 mM, such as about 60 mM; DEA with a concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 500 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 200 mM, such as about 60 mM; glycine
- citrate is a preferred complexing agent and is present in each componential solution, such as the buffered cleaning solution, the nickel-containing solution and the reducing solution.
- Citrate may be added as citric acid and/or as a citrate salt.
- Citrate plays an important role of buffering each of the individual componential solutions while being combined to form the plating solution.
- Citrates generally have poor solubility in water at high concentrations, while the componential solutions may have relatively concentrated solutions. If a substantial citrate concentration of the final electroless solution is desired, a single componential solution may not be capable of completely containing all the dissolved citrate. Therefore, the citrate may be dissolved in each componential solution to assure no formation of citrate precipitate, and subsequently combined with water forming the electroless solution at a final concentration.
- the electroless deposition process may be conducted at a temperature in a range from about 35° C. to about 120° C., preferably from about 60° C. to about 100° C. In one example, the temperature is from about 80° C. to about 85° C. In another example, the temperature is from about 65° C. to about 70° C.
- the water may be degassed, preheated and/or deionized water. Degassing the water reduces the oxygen concentration of the subsequently formed electroless solution. An electroless solution with a low oxygen concentration (e.g., less than about 100 ppm) may be used during the deposition process. Preheated water allows forming the electroless solution at a predetermined temperature just below the temperature used to initiate the deposition process, thereby shortening the process time.
- the substrate may be exposed to a chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) process prior to the pretreatment and deposition processes described herein.
- CMP chemical mechanical polishing
- the CMP process is conducted in a first process chamber, the nickel-containing layer or cobalt-tungsten alloy layer is deposited in a second process chamber and the first and second process chambers are on the same CMP tool.
- the second process chamber is in fluid communication to an in-line mixing system that combines stock solutions used in the pretreatment process and/or the electroless deposition processes.
- a “substrate surface” as used herein refers to any substrate or material surface formed on a substrate upon which film processing is performed.
- a substrate surface on which processing may be performed include materials such as monocrystalline, polycrystalline or amorphous silicon, strained silicon, silicon on insulator (SOI), doped silicon, silicon germanium, germanium, gallium arsenide, glass, sapphire, silicon oxide, silicon nitride, silicon oxynitride and/or carbon doped silicon oxides, such as SiO x C y , for example, BLACK DIAMONDTM low-k dielectric, available from Applied Materials, Inc., located in Santa Clara, Calif.
- Substrates may have various dimensions, such as 200 mm or 300 mm diameter wafers, as well as, rectangular or square panes. Embodiments of the processes described herein deposit nickel-containing materials on many types of substrates and surfaces. Substrates on which embodiments of the invention may be useful include, but are not limited to semiconductor wafers, such as crystalline silicon (e.g., Si ⁇ 100> or Si ⁇ 111>), silicon oxide, strained silicon, silicon germanium, doped or undoped polysilicon, doped or undoped silicon wafers, and patterned or non-patterned wafers. Substrates made of glass or plastic, which, for example, are commonly used to fabricate flat panel displays and other similar devices, are also included.
- semiconductor wafers such as crystalline silicon (e.g., Si ⁇ 100> or Si ⁇ 111>), silicon oxide, strained silicon, silicon germanium, doped or undoped polysilicon, doped or undoped silicon wafers, and patterned or non-patterned wafers.
- a chamber useful to conduct an electroless deposition process for depositing a cobalt-tungsten material, a cobalt-nickel material or a nickel-containing material is the electroless deposition process cell, further described in the commonly assigned U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/965,220, entitled “Apparatus for Electroless Deposition,” filed on Oct. 14, 2004, and published as US 2005-0081785, U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/996,342, entitled, “Apparatus for Electroless Deposition of Metals on Semiconductor Wafers,” filed on Nov. 22, 2004, U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/043,442, entitled, “Apparatus for Electroless Deposition of Metals onto Semiconductor Substrates,” filed on Jan.
- an electroless solution for depositing metallic cobalt contains: cobalt ions (Co 2+ ) with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 10 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 15 mM; hydrazine hydrate with a concentration in a range from about 100 mM to about 2 M, preferably from about 200 mM to about 1 M, and more preferably from about 300 mM to about 700 mM, such as about 500 mM; citric acid or citrate salt with a citrate concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 200 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 100 mM, and more preferably from about 30 mM to about 70 mM, such as about 50 mM; and an optional pH adjusting agent (e.g., TMAH) with a concentration to adjust the electroless solution to a have pH
- a pH value is about 11.5 or higher, preferably, about 12.0 or higher, and more preferably, about 12.5 or higher.
- the electroless deposition process to deposit metallic cobalt may be conducted at a temperature within a range from about 35° C. to about 100° C., preferably from about 60° C. to about 90° C., and more preferably from about 70° C. to about 80° C., such as about 75° C.
- an electroless solution for depositing cobalt boride contains: cobalt ions (Co 2+ ) with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 10 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 15 mM; DMAB with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 200 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 100 mM, and more preferably from about 30 mM to about 50 mM, such as about 40 mM; citric acid or citrate salt with a citrate concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 500 mM, preferably from about 30 mM to about 300 mM, and more preferably from about 50 mM to about 150 mM, such as about 100 mM; and an optional pH adjusting agent (e.g., TMAH) with a concentration to adjust the electroless solution to a
- the electroless deposition process to deposit cobalt boride may be conducted at a temperature within a range from about 35° C. to about 100° C., preferably from about 60° C. to about 80° C., and more preferably from about 65° C. to about 75° C., such as about 70° C.
- an electroless solution for depositing cobalt tungsten boride contains: cobalt ions (Co 2+ ) with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 10 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 15 mM; tungstic acid or tungstate salt with a tungstate concentration in a range from about 0.1 mM to about 10 mM, preferably from about 0.5 mM to about 5 mM, and more preferably from about 1 mM to about 3 mM, such as about 2 mM; DMAB with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 200 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 100 mM, and more preferably from about 30 mM to about 50 mM, such as about 40 mM; citric acid or citrate salt with a citrate concentration in a range from about 5 mM,
- the electroless deposition process to deposit cobalt tungsten boride may be conducted at a temperature within a range from about 35° C. to about 100° C., preferably from about 60° C. to about 80° C., and more preferably from about 65° C. to about 75° C., such as about 70° C.
- an electroless solution for depositing nickel boride contains: nickel ions (Ni 2+ ) with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 80 mM, such as about 60 mM; DMAB with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 200 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 50 mM, such as about 28 mM; citric acid or citrate salt with a citrate concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 300 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 60 mM, such as about 58 mM; boric acid with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 2 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 3 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 5 mM; lactic acid or lactate salt with a lactate concentration in a range from about
- the electroless deposition process to deposit nickel boride may be conducted at a temperature within a range from about 35° C. to about 100° C., preferably from about 60° C. to about 80° C., and more preferably from about 65° C. to about 75° C., such as about 70° C.
- an electroless solution for depositing nickel tungsten boride contains: nickel ions (Ni 2+ ) with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 10 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 15 mM; tungstic acid or tungstate salt with a tungstate concentration in a range from about 0.1 mM to about 10 mM, preferably from about 0.5 mM to about 5 mM, and more preferably from about 1 mM to about 3 mM, such as about 2 mM; DMAB with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 200 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 100 mM, and more preferably from about 30 mM to about 50 mM, such as about 40 mM; citric acid or citrate salt with a citrate concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about
- the electroless deposition process to deposit nickel tungsten boride may be conducted at a temperature within a range from about 35° C. to about 100° C., preferably from about 60° C. to about 80° C., and more preferably from about 65° C. to about 75° C., such as about 70° C.
- an electroless solution for depositing cobalt nickel boride contains: cobalt ions (Co 2+ ) with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 10 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 15 mM; nickel ions (Ni 2+ ) with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 10 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 15 mM; DMAB with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 200 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 100 mM, and more preferably from about 30 mM to about 50 mM, such as about 40 mM; citric acid or citrate salt with a citrate concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 500 m
- the electroless deposition process to deposit cobalt nickel boride may be conducted at a temperature within a range from about 35° C. to about 100° C., preferably from about 60° C. to about 80° C., and more preferably from about 65° C. to about 75° C., such as about 70° C.
- an electroless solution for depositing cobalt nickel contains: cobalt ions (Co 2+ ) with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 10 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 15 mM; nickel ions (Ni 2+ ) with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 10 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 15 mM; hydrazine hydrate with a concentration in a range from about 100 mM to about 2 M, preferably from about 200 mM to about 1 M, and more preferably from about 300 mM to about 700 mM, such as about 500 mM; citric acid or citrate salt with a citrate concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 500 mM,
- the electroless deposition process to deposit cobalt nickel may be conducted at a temperature within a range from about 35° C. to about 100° C., preferably from about 60° C. to about 90° C., and more preferably from about 70° C. to about 80° C., such as about 75° C.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Metallurgy (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Plasma & Fusion (AREA)
- Nanotechnology (AREA)
- Composite Materials (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Electrochemistry (AREA)
- Internal Circuitry In Semiconductor Integrated Circuit Devices (AREA)
- Electrodes Of Semiconductors (AREA)
- Chemically Coating (AREA)
Abstract
In one embodiment, a method for depositing a material on a substrate is provided which includes positioning a substrate containing a contact within a process chamber, exposing the substrate to at least one pretreatment step and depositing a fill the contact vias by an electroless deposition process. The pretreatment step contains multiple processes for exposing the substrate to a wet-clean solution, a hydrogen fluoride solution, a tungstate solution, a palladium activation solution, an acidic rinse solution, a complexing agent solution or combinations thereof. Generally, the HARC via contains a tungsten oxide surface and the shallow contact via may contain a tungsten silicide surface. In some example, the substrate is pretreated such that both vias are filled at substantially the same time by a nickel-containing material through an electroless deposition process.
Description
- This application claims benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/663,493, filed Mar. 18, 2005 [APPM 9916L], U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/683,599, filed May 23, 2005 [APPM 9916L02], U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/703,538, filed Jul. 29, 2005 [APPM 9916L03], U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/703,633, filed Jul. 29, 2005 [APPM 9916L04], U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/709,564, filed Aug. 19, 2005 [APPM 9916L05], and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/754,230, filed Dec. 27, 2005 [APPM 9916L06], which are all herein incorporated by reference.
- 1. Field of the Invention
- Embodiments of the invention generally relate to methods for depositing materials on substrates, and more specifically to methods of forming metal interconnects.
- 2. Description of the Related Art
- Multilevel, 45 nm node metallization is one of the key technologies for the next generation of very large scale integration (VLSI). The multilevel interconnects that lie at the heart of this technology possess high aspect ratio features, including contacts, vias, lines and other apertures. Reliable formation of these features is very important for the success of VLSI and the continued effort to increase quality and circuit density on individual substrates. Therefore, there is a great amount of ongoing effort being directed to the formation of void-free features having high aspect ratios of 10:1 (height:width) or greater.
- Tungsten is a choice metal for filling VLSI features, such as sub-micron high aspect ratio contact (HARC) on a substrate. Contacts are formed by depositing a conductive interconnect material, such as tungsten into an aperture (e.g., via) on the surface of insulating material disposed between two spaced-apart conductive layers. A high aspect ratio of such an opening may inhibit deposition of a conductive interconnect material to fill an aperture. Although tungsten is a popular interconnect material, vapor deposition processes for depositing tungsten may suffer by forming a void or a seam within the contact plug, as illustrated in
FIG. 1C . -
FIG. 1A depicts a schematic cross-sectional view of an integrated circuit device onsubstrate 100 containing a via oraperture 105 formed indielectric layer 104 to expose contact layer 102 (e.g., source region, drain region, polysilicon gate). During a vapor deposition process that may include chemical vapor deposition (CVD) or atomic layer deposition (ALD), atungsten layer 106 is deposited ondielectric layer 104 and withinaperture 105, including oncontact layer 102 and the sidewalls ofdielectric layer 104, to form theplug 103, as illustrated inFIG. 1B . Near the opening 107 ofplug 103,tungsten layer 106 may pinch off, depicted inFIG. 1C , so thatplug 103 maintains a gap, seam, or void (i.e., gap 108) therein. During a subsequent chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) process, which removes a portion oftungsten layer 106 anddielectric layer 104 from thefield region 111 ofsubstrate 100, thevoid 108 may be exposed to form agap 110 withinplug 103, as illustrated inFIG. 1D .FIG. 1E illustrates avoid 114 that is formed when theconductive layer 112 deposited over thegap 110 on thesubstrate 100. Theconductive layer 112, as shown inFIG. 1E , can be a portion of a via, trench or bit line.Substrate 100 may contain additional layers deposited thereon, such as layer 120 (e.g., interlayer dielectrics (ILD)). - Defects, such as a seam or a
void 114, may cause a series of problems during the fabrication of electronic devices depicted herein. The resistance to current flow through theplug 103 is impaired due to the lack of tungsten material in thevoid 114. However, a more serious obstacle during fabrication is the displacement of voids from one layer to the next. For example, subsequent fabrication processes ofsubstrate 100 may include the deposition of layer 120 (e.g., dielectric layer) onconductive layer 112. During subsequent thermal processing, such as an annealing process, thematerial 116 fromconductive layer 112 may diffuse intovoid 114 and form avoid 118 withinconductive layer 112. As illustrated inFIG. 1F ,material 116 may not diffuse completely to the bottom ofvoid 114. The defect formed in theconductive layer 112, such asvoid 118, will increase the resistance of the circuit containing the defect and thus affect device performance. Ultimately, the defects in theconductive layer 112 can affect the device yield of the fabricated substrate. - Therefore, a need exists for a method to form an interconnect on a contact plug that is free of voids. If a void is present, then selected materials are deposited to cap or fill the voids and prevent subsequent displacement of conductive layers deposited thereon.
- The present invention generally provide a method of forming an electrical contact on a silicon substrate, comprising providing a substrate containing an exposed tungsten-containing contact plug exposed that has an exposed gap formed therein, exposing the substrate to a pretreatment process, wherein the pretreatment process is adapted to remove an oxide layer from a surface of the exposed tungsten-containing contact plug, filling the exposed gap with a fill material.
- Embodiments of the invention further provide a method of forming an electrical contact on a silicon substrate, comprising providing a silicon substrate having a first dielectric layer which is disposed on a surface of the silicon substrate and a first aperture formed in the first dielectric layer, wherein a doped silicon containing region of the silicon substrate is exposed at the bottom of the first aperture, filling the first aperture formed in the first dielectric layer with a tungsten containing layer, wherein the tungsten containing layer is in electrical communication with the doped silicon containing region, removing an amount of the tungsten containing layer disposed on the first dielectric layer, wherein a gap formed in the tungsten containing layer during the step of filling the first aperture is exposed, and depositing a material on the surface of the silicon substrate to substantially cover the gap formed in the tungsten containing layer.
- Embodiments of the invention further provide a method of forming an electrical contact on a silicon substrate, comprising providing a substrate containing first dielectric layer that contains at least one tungsten-containing contact plug that has an exposed surface, forming a second dielectric layer over the first dielectric layer and the tungsten-containing contact plug, forming a second aperture in the second dielectric layer that is in communication with the exposed surface of the tungsten-containing contact plug, and selectively filling the second aperture with a fill material.
- Embodiments of the invention further provide a method of forming an interconnect on a silicon substrate, comprising providing a substrate having an aperture formed in a dielectric layer disposed on a surface of the substrate, wherein the aperture is in communication with an exposed surface of a tungsten-containing contact plug, dispensing a clean solution on an the exposed surface of the tungsten-containing contact plug, wherein the clean solution comprises hydrogen fluoride, disposing a preparation solution on the exposed surface of the tungsten-containing contact plug, wherein the preparation solution comprises a tungstate source, depositing a initiation layer on the exposed surface of the tungsten-containing contact plug using an activation solution, activating the initiation layer using a rinse activation solution, and selectively filling the second aperture with a fill material.
- So that the manner in which the above recited features of the invention are attained and can be understood in detail, a more particular description of the invention, briefly summarized above, may be had by reference to the embodiments thereof which are illustrated in the appended drawings. It is to be noted, however, that the appended drawings illustrate only typical embodiments of this invention and are therefore not to be considered limiting of its scope, for the invention may admit to other equally effective embodiments.
-
FIGS. 1A-1F illustrate schematic cross-sectional views of an integrated circuit formed by a process described in the art; -
FIGS. 2A-2C illustrate schematic cross-sectional views of an integrated circuit formed by a process to cap a defect within a contact plug described within an embodiment herein; -
FIGS. 3A-3K illustrate schematic cross-sectional views of an integrated circuits formed by processes to fill defects within contact plugs described within embodiments herein; -
FIGS. 4A-4F illustrate schematic cross-sectional views of an integrated circuit formed by another process to fill a defect within a contact plug described within an embodiment herein; -
FIGS. 5A-5G illustrate schematic cross-sectional views of a method of forming an interconnect layer on a contact plug that is described within an embodiment herein; -
FIG. 6 is a flow chart depicting a pretreatment process as described within an embodiment herein. - Embodiments of the invention provide methods of forming a device over a tungsten-containing contact plug. In one aspect, a process of capping and filling defects formed in a tungsten-containing contact plug that have been exposed during a subsequent chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) process is performed. Defects that are present in the tungsten-containing contact plug may include gaps, voids, and/or seams (hereafter gaps). In one embodiment, gaps are plugged or capped with a material that will be able to withstand subsequent thermal processing and inhibit displacement of the formed void therein. Gaps may be filled, or plugged, by employing selective deposition process that include chemical vapor deposition (CVD), atomic layer deposition (ALD), and electroless deposition processes. Preferably, the material used to fill the gaps or voids may include nickel, cobalt, tungsten and alloys thereof. In another embodiment, the method may include the steps of pretreating and then subsequently filling the gap by use of a CVD, ALD or electroless process using a conductive material such as nickel, ruthenium, cobalt, tungsten and alloys thereof.
- In an alternative embodiment, a gap may be filled with a dielectric material. In one example, a spin-on-glass (SOG) is deposited by a spin coating process. SOG materials typically include silicon dioxide (SiO2) or doped SiO2 materials. In another example, hafnium silicate is deposited by a vapor deposition process.
- In another embodiment, the gaps within a tungsten plug are filled during a later process. For example, the gap is temporally ignored, a dielectric layer is deposited on the substrate surface covering the gap and a second aperture is formed therein by an etching process over the tungsten plug and revealing the gap. A barrier layer (e.g., tantalum-containing) and a seed layer (e.g., copper) are sequential deposited by vapor deposition processes, such as physical vapor deposition (PVD) process.
- Capping Process
- Gaps within a tungsten-containing contact plug may be filled with a material that will be stable during subsequent semiconductor fabrication processes and inhibit the creation voids in the subsequent deposited metal layers. Gaps may be capped by employing selective vapor deposition processes (e.g., CVD or ALD) or liquid deposition processes (e.g., electroless) to deposit a capping material, such as nickel, cobalt, tungsten and alloys thereof.
-
FIG. 2A illustrates a cross-sectional view ofsubstrate 200 following a CMP process, as discussed above while forming a tungsten-containing contact plug depicted inFIGS. 1A-1D .Substrate 200 contains contact layer 202 (e.g., MOS device source region, drain region, or gate region),dielectric layer 204 and plug 203 that includestungsten layer 206 andgap 210 therein. Thegap 210, which may be a seam, void or other defect, is created intungsten layer 206 during the formation of the plug 203 (e.g., tungsten CVD process) and is then exposed during the subsequent CMP process. -
Dielectric layer 204 may contain a semiconductor material that includes silicon or silicon-containing materials.Dielectric layer 204 may be an insulating material such as silicon dioxide, silicon nitride, silicon-on-insulator (SOI), silicon oxynitride and/or carbon-doped silicon oxides, such as SiOxCy, for example, BLACK DIAMOND™ low-k dielectric, available from Applied Materials, Inc., located in Santa Clara, Calif.Contact layer 202 may contain a doped silicon layer.Tungsten layer 206 may contain tungsten, tungsten alloys or a tungsten-containing material that includes tungsten and oxygen, nitrogen, boron, silicon or combinations thereof. Due to the exposure to the atmospheric environment, the surface of thetungsten layer 206 may contain contaminates or oxides thereon. -
FIG. 2B depicts acapping layer 230 deposited onsubstrate 200 that coversgap 210 to formvoid 214. Cappinglayer 230 may be composed of a conductive material or a dielectric material that will withstand subsequent thermal processing and inhibit displacement ofvoid 214 into the subsequently deposited layers. Preferably, cappinglayer 230 contains a metal deposited by a liquid deposition process or a vapor deposition process. In one example, cappinglayer 230 is a nickel-containing layer deposited by an electroless deposition solution. In another example, cappinglayer 230 is a cobalt-containing layer (e.g., CoW-alloy) deposited by an electroless deposition solution. In another example, cappinglayer 230 is a nickel-containing layer deposited by a CVD process. In a further example, cappinglayer 230 is a dielectric material, such as a hafnium silicate layer deposited by a CVD process. -
Conductive layer 212 is deposited on the surface ofsubstrate 200 containingcapping layer 230 anddielectric layer 204, as depicted inFIG. 2C .Layer 220 is deposited onconductive layer 212.Conductive layer 212 may contain copper, tungsten, aluminum or an alloy thereof, whilelayer 220 may contain a dielectric material (e.g., silicon-containing) or an additional conductive material. Preferably,conductive layer 212 contains copper andlayer 220 is a dielectric layer. Preferably, thecapping layer 230 is formed from a material that does not readily deform, form an alloy with theconductive layer 212, or change state so that the physical properties or electrical properties of the material in thecapping layer 230 remain unchanged after subsequent semiconductor processing steps have been performed on the substrate. In one aspect, the materials used to form thecapping layer 230 andconductive layer 212 are selected so that they resist migration of the deposited material into thevoid 214 and the integrity ofconductive layer 212 is preserved. Cappinglayer 230 is composed of a material that withstands being exposed to a temperature of about 500° C. or higher, preferably about 700° C. or higher. - In other embodiments,
substrate 200 may contain additional layers of material depending on the overall architecture of the electronic device. For example,dielectric layer 204 may contain a barrier layer (not shown) thereon prior to the deposition ofconductive layer 212 and/orconductive layer 212 may also contain a barrier layer (not shown) thereon prior to the deposition oflayer 220. - In one aspect, a CMP process may be performed on the
substrate 200 to planarize thedielectric layer 204, cappinglayer 230 andtungsten layer 206. A planar surface may improve the device performance and reduce device to device variability due to the reduction in thickness variation of theconductive layer 212 near thecapping layer 230, if theconductive layer 212 andcapping layer 230 are formed from different materials. - A
capping layer 230 containing a cobalt-tungsten alloy or a nickel-containing material may be deposited by an electroless process that utilizes either a pre-mixed solution or an in-line mixing process that combines solution components to generate the electroless solution. In one example, an electroless solution used to deposit a cobalt-tungsten alloy may contain a cobalt source, a tungsten source, a citrate source, a hypophosphite source, a borane reductant and other additives. In another example, an electroless solution used to deposit a nickel-containing material may contain a nickel source, a citrate source, a borane reductant and other complexing agents and additives. Other electroless deposition solutions and processes useful for depositing cobalt-tungsten alloys are further described in the commonly assigned U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/967,919, entitled, “Selective Self-initiating Electroless Capping of Copper with Cobalt-containing Alloys,” filed on Oct. 18, 2004, which is incorporated by reference to the extent not inconsistent with the claimed aspects and description herein. Examples of cobalt-tungsten alloys that may electrolessly deposited include, but are not limited to cobalt boride (CoB), cobalt phosphide (CoP), cobalt tungsten phosphide (CoWP), cobalt tungsten boride (CoWB), cobalt molybdenum phosphide (CoMoP), cobalt molybdenum boride (CoMoB), cobalt rhenium boride (CoReB), cobalt rhenium phosphide (CoReP), derivatives thereof, or combinations thereof. Examples of nickel alloys that may electrolessly deposited include, but are not limited to nickel boride (NiB), nickel phosphide (NiP), nickel tungsten phosphide (NiWP), nickel tungsten boride (NiWB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoP), nickel rhenium phosphide (NiReP), nickel rhenium boride (NiReB), derivatives thereof, or combinations thereof. In one aspect, thecapping layer 230 preferably has a resistivity below about 10 microohm-cm and thus will have a resistivity similar to the material deposited in thetungsten layer 206. The resistance (R) of a circuit is equal to the resistivity (ρ) of the conductive material through which the current passes times the length (L) of the feature divided by the cross-sectional area (A) of the circuit through which the current passes (i.e., R=ρ(L/A)). Therefore, the addition of acapping layer 230 that is conductive, preferably metallic, will reduce the resistance of the circuit that utilizes the plug 203 (i.e., increase the effective cross-sectional area of the plug 203). - Filling Process
- In an alternative embodiment, to fill a gap formed within a tungsten-containing contact plug, the gap may be pretreated and filled with a material prior to depositing a conductive layer thereon (e.g.,
element 350 inFIG. 3H ). The fill material inhibits void displacement that may otherwise occur by migration of material from a conductive layer deposited over the gap, as depicted inFIG. 1F . The gap(s) may be plugged by employing selective vapor deposition processes (e.g., CVD or ALD), liquid deposition processes (e.g., electroless- or electroplating) or spin coating processes. Materials useful to fill the gap(s) may include conductive materials, such as nickel, ruthenium, cobalt, tungsten and alloys thereof, as well as dielectric materials, such as spin-on-glass (SOG). -
FIG. 3A illustrates a cross-sectional view ofsubstrate 300 following a CMP process, as discussed above while forming a tungsten-containing contact plug depicted inFIG. 1D .Substrate 300 contains contact layer 302 (e.g., MOS device source or drain regions),dielectric layer 304 and plug 303 that includestungsten layer 306 andgap 310 formed therein. Thegap 310, which may be a seam, void or other defect, is created intungsten layer 306 during the formation of the plug 303 (e.g., tungsten CVD process) and is generally exposed during the subsequent CMP process. During the CMP process or during a later exposure to oxidizing component(s), such as, components found in an ashing process, a wet clean process or ambient conditions, atungsten oxide surface 312 will form on thetungsten layer 306.Tungsten oxide surface 312 may be continuous or discontinuous acrosstungsten layer 306 and include a surface terminate with oxygen, hydrogen, hydroxides, metals and combinations thereof. -
FIGS. 3A-3D illustrate cross-sectional views of an electronic device at different stages of an interconnect fabrication sequence incorporating one embodiment of the invention to pretreat and subsequently fill thegap 310 with a conductive material.FIG. 3B illustratessubstrate 300 after performing a pretreatment process to remove thetungsten oxide surface 312 and expose the metallic tungsten-containingsurface 314. In one aspect of the embodiment,tungsten oxide surface 312 is chemically reduced to tungsten metal. For example,tungsten oxide surface 312 is exposed to a hydrogen plasma to remove the oxides and form a metallic tungsten-containingsurface 314. In another aspect, thetungsten oxide surface 312 is exposed to vapor deposition process containing diborane to remove the oxides and form metallic tungsten-containingsurface 314 containing tungsten boride. In another aspect, thetungsten oxide surface 312 is exposed to wet clean process to further oxidize and remove tungstate ions while leaving behind a metallic tungsten-containingsurface 314. Additives, such as surface chelators, may be used within the wet clean solution that adhere to the freshly prepared metallic tungsten-containingsurface 314 and inhibit oxidization. - A plasma pretreatment process is conducted for a predetermined time to reduce
tungsten oxide surface 312 and form a metallic tungsten-containingsurface 314. A plasma pretreatment process may occur for about 5 minutes or less, preferably in a range from about 1 second to about 60 seconds, more preferably from about 5 seconds to about 30 seconds. During the pretreatment process, the substrate is maintained at a temperature in a range from about 20° C. to about 150° C., preferably from about 50° C. to about 100° C. The process chamber is maintained at a pressure in a range from about 0.1 Torr to about 750 Torr, preferably from about 1 Torr to about 100 Torr, and more preferably from about 10 Torr to about 30 Torr. - The plasma treatment process may be conducted in a process chamber capable of plasma vapor deposition techniques. For example, the substrate may be placed into a plasma enhanced ALD (PE-ALD), a plasma enhanced CVD (PE-CVD) or high density plasma CVD (HDP-CVD) chamber, such as the ULTIMA HDP-CVD™, available from Applied Materials Inc., located in Santa Clara, Calif. An inductively coupled plasma generating device, capacitively coupled plasma generating device, or combination thereof may be used in a plasma chamber to carryout the plasma treatment process. During processing the
tungsten oxide surface 312 is exposed to a reducing plasma containing a reductant to form the metallic tungsten-containingsurface 314. The reductant may be diluted in a carrier gas and include hydrogen, diborane, silane, disilane, phosphine, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof. In one aspect, a carrier gas is delivered to the process chamber during the plasma pretreatment process. Carrier gases may be selected so as to also act as a purge gas for the removal of volatile reactants and/or by-products from the process chamber. Carrier gases or purge gases include helium, argon, hydrogen, forming gas and combinations thereof. The carrier gas may be provided at a flow rate in a range from about 100 sccm to about 5,000 sccm, preferably from about 500 sccm to about 2,500 sccm. The reductant may be provided at a flow rate in a range from about 5 sccm to about 500 sccm, preferably from about 10 sccm to about 100 sccm. The plasma may be formed using an RF power delivered to the plasma generating devices (e.g., showerhead in a capacitively coupled chamber or a substrate support) utilized in the plasma chamber where the RF power ranges from 100 W to 10,000 W at an RF frequency between about 0.4 kHz and about 10 GHz. In one aspect, the plasma is formed using a showerhead RF power setting and a substrate support RF power setting that is in a range from about 500 W to about 5,000 W at a frequency of about 13.56 MHz. - In an exemplary plasma pretreatment process, a substrate containing tungsten oxide is heated to about 50° C. and the process chamber is maintained at a pressure of about 10 Torr. A reducing plasma is exposed to the substrate containing hydrogen at a flow rate of about 1,000 sccm. The substrate is exposed to the reducing plasma for about 30 seconds to form a treated and reduced tungsten-containing layer.
- In another exemplary plasma pretreatment process, a substrate containing tungsten oxide is heated to about 50° C. and the process chamber is maintained at a pressure of about 10 Torr. A reducing plasma is exposed to the substrate at a flow rate of about 500 sccm, whereas the reducing plasma contains diborane at a flow rate of about 50 sccm and a helium carrier gas at the flow rate of about 450 sccm. The substrate is exposed to the reducing plasma for about 30 seconds to form a treated and reduced tungsten-containing layer.
- In another embodiment, the
tungsten oxide surface 312 is exposed to a reducing vapor to form metallic tungsten-containingsurface 314 to perform a vapor deposition process type pretreatment process. The reductant may include borane, diborane, borane-alkylsulfides, such as borane-dimethylsulfide (BH3.(CH3)2S), alkyboranes (e.g., ethylborane), phosphine, alkylposphines (e.g., dimethylphosphine), silane, disilane, trisilane, alkylsilanes (e.g., methylsilane), ammonia, hydrazine, hydrogen, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof. Preferably, the reductant is diborane, phosphine, silane, hydrazine, hydrogen or combinations thereof. In one aspect of the pretreatment process, thetungsten oxide surface 312 is exposed to a reducing vapor process for a predetermined time to form metallic tungsten-containingsurface 314. The reducing vapor process may occur for about 5 minutes or less, preferably in a range from about 1 second to about 120 seconds, more preferably from about 5 seconds to about 90 seconds. During the reducing vapor process, the substrate is maintained at a temperature in a range from about 20° C. to about 150° C., preferably from about 50° C. to about 100° C. The process chamber is maintained at a pressure in a range from about 0.1 Torr to about 750 Torr, preferably from about 1 Torr to about 100 Torr, and more preferably from about 10 Torr to about 30 Torr. In one aspect, a reductant may be exposed totungsten oxide surface 312 directly or diluted in a carrier gas. During the reducing vapor process, a carrier gas flow is established within the process chamber and exposed to the substrate. Carrier gases may be selected so as to also act as a purge gas for the removal of volatile reactants and/or by-products from the process chamber. Carrier gases or purge gases include helium, argon, nitrogen, hydrogen, forming gas and combinations thereof. The carrier gas may be provided at a flow rate in a range from about 100 sccm to about 5,000 sccm, preferably from about 500 sccm to about 2,500 sccm. The reductant may be provided at a flow rate in a range from about 5 sccm to about 500 sccm, preferably from about 10 sccm to about 100 sccm. - The reducing vapor process may be conducted in a process chamber capable of vapor deposition, such as an ALD process chamber or a CVD process chamber. A process chamber useful for ALD during the reducing vapor process is described in commonly assigned U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,916,398 and 6,878,206, which are both incorporated herein by reference.
- In another embodiment of the pretreatment process, the
tungsten oxide surface 312 is exposed to wet clean process to further oxidize and remove tungstate ion while leaving behind a metallic tungsten-containingsurface 314. During a typical wet clean process a wet clean solution is dispensed across or sprayed on the surface ofsubstrate 300. The wet clean process may be an in situ process performed in the same processing cell as a subsequent electroless deposition process. Alternatively,substrate 300 may be wet cleaned in a separate processing cell from the subsequent electroless deposition processing cell. The wet clean process usually includes an acidic wet clean solution with a pH of about 4 or less, preferably, in a range from about 1.5 to about 3. Thetungsten oxide surface 312 typically requires an aggressive cleaning at low pH values. The pH of the wet clean solution is usually adjusted by adding an acid or a base to the predetermined value. The acid may include hydrochloric acid (HCl), hydrogen fluoride (HF), sulfuric acid (H2SO4), nitric acid (HNO3), phosphoric acid (HPO4), derivatives thereof and combinations thereof. The base may include a hydroxide salt, ammonia or an amine, such as diethanolamine (DEA), triethanolamine (TEA), derivatives thereof, salts thereof and combinations thereof. The wet clean solution also contains at least one chelator or complexing agent, such as a carboxylic acid or carboxylate, for example, a citrate, oxalic acid, glycine, salts thereof and combinations thereof. In one example, the wet clean solution contains about 0.05 M to about 0.5 M of citric acid and optionally up to about 0.25 M of methanesulfonic acid. - In one embodiment, the pretreatment process is used to etch and remove a portion of the
tungsten oxide surface 312 to increase the size of thegap 310 in an effort to improve the ability of the subsequent deposition process steps (discussed below) to access and fill thegap 310. In one aspect, the process of increasing thegap 310 is performed using a wet clean process for a desired period of time. - Once
tungsten oxide surface 312 is removed or reduced to reveal metallic tungsten-containingsurface 314 by the processes described herein, afill material 320 may be deposited thereon to fill thegap 310, as illustrated inFIG. 3C . Thefill material 320 may be composed of a conductive material or a dielectric material. Preferably, fillmaterial 320 contains a metal deposited by a liquid deposition process or a vapor deposition process. In one example, fillmaterial 320 is a nickel-containing layer deposited by an electroless deposition solution. In another example, fillmaterial 320 is a cobalt-containing layer (e.g., CoW-alloy) deposited by an electroless deposition solution. In another example, fillmaterial 320 is a nickel-containing layer deposited by a CVD process. Preferably, thecapping layer 320 is formed from a material that does not readily deform, form an alloy with theconductive layer 350, or change state so that the physical properties or electrical properties of the material in thecapping layer 320 remain unchanged after subsequent semiconductor processing steps have been performed on the substrate. It is generally desirable to fill thegap 310 so that no gaps or voids are formed in theplug 303 or plug 321, and thus integrity ofconductive layer 350 is preserved during subsequent semiconductor processing steps. In one aspect, the material used to form thefill material 320 is selected so that it can withstands exposure to temperature of about 500° C. or higher, preferably about 700° C. or higher. -
FIG. 3D depictssubstrate 300 after several fabrication processes have been performed on its surface to form the subsequent metal interconnect layer (e.g., M1 layer). As shown inFIG. 3D , adielectric layer 324 was deposited on the surface ofsubstrate 300 and etched to revealfill material 320 and an uppersurface tungsten layer 306. Then abarrier layer 323 was deposited ondielectric layer 324 and seed/adhesion layer 325 is deposited onbarrier layer 323, each by a vapor deposition process, such as a PVD process or an ALD process. Thebarrier layer 323 typically will contain metals, such as titanium, titanium nitride, titanium silicon nitride, tantalum, tantalum nitride, tantalum silicon nitride, alloys thereof, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof. The seed/adhesion layer 325 typically will contain metals, such as tungsten, copper, ruthenium, titanium, tantalum, alloys thereof or combinations thereof. In one aspect, as shown inFIG. 3D , thebarrier layer 323 and seed/adhesion layer 325 were removed from the surface of thefill material 320 and an uppersurface tungsten layer 306 by use of a re-sputtering process that is typically performed in the PVD or PECVD processing chambers. The removal of thebarrier layer 323 and seed/adhesion layer 325 will help reduce the resistance of the circuit formed in the shown device, since thebarrier layer 323 and seed/adhesion layer 325 are usually contain materials that have a resistivity higher than typical interconnect metals (e.g., conductive layer 350), such as copper. - Next a
conductive layer 350 is deposited ontosubstrate 300 to form a plug 321 (or via) that is in electrical contact withplug 303.Conductive layer 350 may contain copper, tungsten, aluminum or an alloy thereof. Preferably,conductive layer 350 contains copper or a copper alloy.Conductive layer 350 may be deposited by a vapor deposition process (e.g., CVD or PVD) or a liquid deposition process (e.g., electroless or electroplating). - In one aspect, a CMP process may be performed on the
substrate 300 to planarize thedielectric layer 304, cappinglayer 330 andtungsten layer 306. A planar surface may improve the device performance and reduce device to device variability. - In one aspect, a
fill material 320 containing a cobalt-tungsten alloy or nickel alloy may be deposited by an electroless process that exposes the substrate to an electroless solution within a process chamber. An example of an electroless solution for depositing a cobalt-tungsten alloy may contain a cobalt source, a tungsten source, a citrate source, a hypophosphite source, a borane reductant and other additives. Examples of cobalt-tungsten alloys that may electrolessly deposited include, but are not limited to cobalt boride (CoB), cobalt phosphide (CoP), cobalt tungsten phosphide (CoWP), cobalt tungsten boride (CoWB), cobalt molybdenum phosphide (CoMoP), cobalt molybdenum boride (CoMoB), cobalt rhenium boride (CoReB), cobalt rhenium phosphide (CoReP), derivatives thereof, or combinations thereof. Examples of nickel alloys that may electrolessly deposited include, but are not limited to nickel boride (NiB), nickel phosphide (NiP), nickel tungsten phosphide (NiWP), nickel tungsten boride (NiWB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoP), nickel rhenium phosphide (NiReP), nickel rhenium boride (NiReB), derivatives thereof, or combinations thereof. Other electroless deposition solutions for cobalt-tungsten alloys are further described in the commonly assigned U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/967,919, entitled, “Selective Self-initiating Electroless Capping of Copper with Cobalt-containing Alloys,” filed on Oct. 18, 2004, which is incorporated by reference to the extent not inconsistent with the claimed aspects and description herein. In another example, an electroless solution to deposit a nickel-containing material may contain a nickel source, a citrate source, a borane reductant and other complexing agents and additives. An exemplary electroless deposition process cell that may be one or more of the electroless deposition processes described herein is further described in the commonly assigned and copending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/996,342, filed Nov. 22, 2004 and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/175,251, filed Jul. 6, 2005, which are both incorporated by reference in their entirety. - In one aspect, the
fill material 320 preferably has a resistivity below about 10 microohm-cm and thus will have a resistivity similar to the material deposited in thetungsten layer 306. The resistance (R) of a circuit is equal to the resistivity (p) of the conductive material through which the current passes times the length (L) of the feature divided by the cross-sectional area (A) of the circuit through which the current passes (i.e., R=ρ(L/A)). Therefore, the addition of afill material 320 that is conductive, preferably metallic, will reduce the resistance of the circuit that utilizes the plug 303 (i.e., increase the effective cross-sectional area of the plug 303) and thus improve the device performance and reliability (e.g., reduces resistive heating effects). - Ruthenium Containing Layer Deposition Process Sequence
- In an alternative embodiment,
FIGS. 3A , and 3E-3H illustrate cross-sectional views of an electronic device at different stages of an interconnect fabrication sequence that are used to pretreat and subsequently fillgap 310 with afill material 320.FIG. 3E illustratessubstrate 300 after a pretreatment process has been performed on thesubstrate 300 shown inFIG. 3A . In one aspect of the pretreatment process, aruthenium oxide layer 316 is deposited on thetungsten oxide surface 312 using a ruthenium tetroxide (RuO4) containing gas. Thereafter,ruthenium oxide layer 316 may be chemically reduced to form ruthenium-containinglayer 318 ontungsten oxide surface 312, as illustrated inFIG. 3F . - Ruthenium tetroxide may be delivered to the substrate in a vapor deposition process, such as an ozone generation process, or in a liquid deposition process, such as an aqueous solution or suspension. Preferably, ruthenium tetroxide is generated by exposing a ruthenium-containing source to an oxidizing gas. Ruthenium tetroxide is a strong oxidant and therefore readily reacts with any exposed tungsten and/or tungsten oxide layers to form a consistent and catalytic active layer of ruthenium oxide or metallic ruthenium. An example of an exemplary process used to form ruthenium tetraoxide and deposit a ruthenium containing layer on the surface of the substrate is further described in the commonly assigned U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,425, filed Sep. 15, 2005, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. In one example, ruthenium tetroxide is formed by flowing an ozone containing gas, preferably >12 vol % ozone, across a metallic ruthenium source material (e.g., powdered ruthenium metal). The formed ruthenium tetraoxide is then delivered and separated from the other components in the ruthenium tetraoxide containing gas by use of a cold trap. Thereafter, the cold trap is purged of the unwanted gases and then warmed to a temperature to sublime the ruthenium tetroxide while a flow of inert gas is passed therethrough. The vaporized ruthenium tetroxide saturates the inert gas to form a ruthenium tetraoxide deposition gas. In an exemplary vapor deposition process, a deposition gas containing ruthenium tetroxide is delivered to a substrate having a tungsten oxide layer formed thereon. During the process, the substrate is maintained at a temperature between of about 100° C. and about 450° C., and more preferably a temperature between about 200° C. and about 400° C. A ruthenium containing layer can be selectively or non-selectively deposited on certain preferred materials by adjusting the temperature of the substrate during processing (e.g., <180° C. (selective); >200 (non-selective)). After exposing the tungsten oxide layer to the ruthenium tetroxide containing gas for about 30 seconds, a ruthenium oxide layer is formed on the tungsten oxide layer.
- In
FIG. 3F , theruthenium oxide layer 316 is exposed to a reductant forming ruthenium-containinglayer 318. In this step the ruthenium oxide is chemically reduced to ruthenium metal. For example,ruthenium oxide layer 316 is exposed to a hydrogen plasma to remove the oxygen and form metallic ruthenium-containinglayer 318. In another example,ruthenium oxide layer 316 is exposed to a vapor deposition process containing diborane to remove oxygen and form ruthenium-containinglayer 318 containing ruthenium boride. In another example,ruthenium oxide layer 316 is exposed to phosphine through a vapor deposition process to remove oxygen and form ruthenium-containinglayer 318 containing ruthenium phosphide. - Next the
fill material 320 is deposited on the ruthenium-containinglayer 318 to fillgap 310 as illustrated inFIG. 3G . The deposition processes and the compositions offill material 320 are described above in conjunction withFIG. 3C . Also,FIG. 3H depictssubstrate 300 after several subsequent fabrication processes have been formed on the substrate, which is similarly described above in conjunction withFIG. 3D . - Dielectric Gap Fill Process
- In an alternative embodiment, the
gap 310 is filled with a dielectric material as illustrated by cross-sectional views shown in FIGS. 3A, 3I-3K.FIG. 3A depictssubstrate 300 withplug 303 that containstungsten material 306,tungsten oxide surface 312 andgap 310 therein. Optionally, a pretreatment process to removetungsten oxide surface 312 and reveal the surface oftungsten material 306, as described in conjunction withFIG. 3B , may be performed before depositing adielectric fill material 330 into thegap 310. Preferably, a pretreatment process is not conducted anddielectric fill material 330 is deposited onsubstrate 300 to fillgap 310, as depicted inFIG. 31 .Dielectric material 330 may be deposited onsubstrate 300 by a spin-coating process or by a vapor deposition process. - In one example,
dielectric fill material 330 is spin-on-glass (SOG) deposited by a spin-coating process.Dielectric fill material 330 containing SOG is formed by a polymerization reaction of precursor compounds that are dissolved in an organic solution. The isolated dielectric compound is useful to fillgap 310. Preferably,dielectric fill material 330 is a silicate or a polysiloxane and may contain a metal such as titanium, zirconium hafnium and/or vanadium. Therefore, the composition of a SOG used asdielectric fill material 330 may include silicon, carbon, oxygen, titanium, zirconium, hafnium, vanadium or combinations thereof.Substrate 300 is generally exposed to a thermal annealing, or curing, process following the SOG deposition process. Additional compositions of SOG and processes to deposit SOG into vias or trenches is described in J. W. Lutze et al., “Spin-on-glass for 200 nm trench isolation structures,” J. Micromech. Microeng, vol. 1, pp. 46-51 (1991), which is herein incorporated by reference. - In another example,
dielectric fill material 330 is a silicon-containing material or a metal-containing material deposited by an ALD process or a CVD process. Examples ofdielectric fill material 330 deposited by vapor deposition processes include silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, aluminum oxide, tantalum oxide, hafnium oxide, hafnium silicate, zirconium oxide, zirconium silicate, titanium oxide, titanium silicate, derivates thereof and combinations thereof. Additional compositions ofdielectric fill material 330 and vapor deposition processes to depositdielectric fill material 330 is described the commonly assigned U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/406,833, entitled, “Method for Hafnium Silicon Oxynitride Deposition,” filed Apr. 4, 2003, and published as U.S. Publication No. 20030235961 and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/127,767, entitled, “Apparatuses and Methods for Atomic Layer Deposition of Hafnium-Containing High-K Materials,” filed May 12, 2005, which are both herein incorporated by reference. - A planarization process, such as a chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) process or etching process may be performed to remove an excess
dielectric fill material 330 deposited on the surface of substrate 300 (i.e., field region 307) and expose the uppersurface tungsten layer 306, as depicted inFIG. 3J . Therefore,gap 310 remains filled withdielectric fill material 330 while substantially flush with thesurface substrate 300. -
FIG. 3K depictssubstrate 300 after several fabrication processes.Dielectric layer 324 is deposited on the surface ofsubstrate 300 and etched to reveal filldielectric fill material 330 and an uppersurface tungsten layer 306.Barrier layer 323 is deposited ondielectric layer 324 and seed/adhesion layer 325 is deposited onbarrier layer 323, each by a vapor deposition process, such as a PVD process or an ALD process. In one aspect, as shown inFIG. 3K , thebarrier layer 323 and seed/adhesion layer 325 were removed from the surface of thedielectric layer 324 and an uppersurface tungsten layer 306 by use of a re-sputtering process that is typically performed in the PVD or PECVD processing chambers.Conductive layer 350 is deposited ontosubstrate 300 formingplug 321 in contact withplug 303. - Preferably, the
dielectric fill material 330 is formed from a material that does not readily deform, form an alloy with theconductive layer 350, or change state so that the physical properties or electrical properties of the material in thedielectric fill material 330 remain unchanged after subsequent semiconductor processing steps have been performed on the substrate. It is generally desirable to fill thegap 310 so that no gaps or voids are formed in theplug 303 or plug 321, and thus integrity ofconductive layer 350 is preserved during subsequent semiconductor processing steps. In one aspect, the material used to form thedielectric fill material 330 is selected so that it can withstands exposure to temperature of about 500° C. or higher, preferably about 700° C. or higher, and more preferably about 1,000° C. or higher. - The process steps illustrated in
FIGS. 3A-3K are not intended to be limiting as to the scope of the invention, sincesubstrate 300 may contain one or more additional or intermediate layers of material without varying from the basic scope of the invention described herein. For example, the sidewalls of thegap 310 formed in thedielectric layer 304 may be covered by a barrier layer or an adhesion layer (not shown) prior to the deposition oftungsten layer 306. - Interconnect Formation Process
- In another embodiment, a process is used to initiate on a tungsten containing contact plug to form an interconnect feature (see item # 321 in
FIGS. 3H and 3K anditem # 443 inFIG. 4F ). As shown inFIGS. 4A-4F , aninterconnect plug 443 is formed over theplug 403 so that an electrical connection can be made between thecontact layer 402, theinterconnect plug 443 and any subsequently deposited layers, such as the M2 and above interconnects (not shown). In this case, any gaps formed within a tungsten-containing contact plug is postponed until the subsequent metal layer(s) are formed over the plug 403 (seeFIG. 4A ). WhileFIGS. 4A-4F illustrates a tungsten-containing contact plug that has agap 410 formed therein, this configuration is not intended to be limiting as to the scope of the invention since the methods described herein may be useful to create an interconnect feature over a tungsten-containing contact plug that does not contain this type of defect. In general this process requires the deposition of dielectric layer over theplug 403 formed on thesubstrate 400. Then various conventional lithographic patterning and etching techniques are used to form an aperture 405 (or via) so that an interconnect layer can be deposited on theplug 403. In one aspect, various materials may be used to fill thegap 410 andaperture 405, which may include conductive materials, such as copper, nickel, ruthenium, cobalt, tungsten and alloys thereof. -
FIG. 4A illustrates a cross-sectional view ofsubstrate 400 following a CMP process, as discussed above during processes forming a tungsten-containing contact plug depicted inFIG. 1D .Substrate 400 containscontact layer 402,dielectric layer 404 and plug 403 that includestungsten layer 406 formed in thegap 410. Thegap 410, which may be a seam, void or other defect, is created intungsten layer 406 during the formation of the plug 403 (e.g., tungsten CVD process) and is then exposed during the subsequent CMP process. The surface of thetungsten layer 406 may contain atungsten oxide layer 412 that is formed by atmospheric oxidation or exposure to an oxidizer, such as during an ashing process. Thetungsten oxide layer 412 may be continuous or discontinuous acrosstungsten layer 406 and include a surface terminated with oxygen, hydrogen, hydroxides and combinations thereof. Optionally, thetungsten oxide layer 412 may be removed by a reduction process or a pre-clean process as described above to form a metallic tungsten-containing surface (not shown), substantially free oftungsten oxide layer 412. -
FIG. 4B illustratessubstrate 400 after adielectric layer 420 has been formed on thedielectric layer 404 and plug 403. Generally, a void 411 will be formed as the depositeddielectric layer 420 seals off thegap 410 formed in theplug 403. In some cases thedielectric layer 420 may coat the inside surface ofvoid 411 formingdielectric surface 418. In other cases thegap 410 may be completely filled bydielectric material 420 and thus void 411 does not exist (not shown). - The
dielectric layer 420 and thedielectric surface 418 are composed of a dielectric material that may include silicon dioxide, silicon nitride, SOI, silicon oxynitride and/or carbon-doped silicon oxides, such as SiOxCy, for example, BLACK DIAMOND™ low-k dielectric, available from Applied Materials, Inc., located in Santa Clara, Calif. The dielectric material formingdielectric layer 420 anddielectric surface 418 may be deposited by a vapor deposition process such as CVD or plasma-enhanced-CVD (PE-CVD). In one example, a TEOS CVD process, utilizing the precursor tetraethyl orthosilicate (Si(OC2H5)4 or TEOS), is conducted to deposit a silicon oxide material at about 700° C. In another example, a TEOS PE-CVD process is conducted to deposit a silicon oxide material at about 500° C. -
FIG. 4C illustratessubstrate 400 after thedielectric layer 420 has been masked and etched, using conventional techniques, to form a via oraperture 405 to revealplug 403 andgap 410. In one aspect, thegap 410 may contain a dielectric coating, ordielectric surface 418, as shown. Alternatively,dielectric surface 418 may be removed during the etching process to remove dielectric layer 420 (not shown). In this case a wet or dry etching process(es) may be performed to remove thedielectric surface 418 material from the surface of thegap 410. - In one embodiment, not shown in
FIGS. 4A-4F , a pretreatment process is performed to remove thetungsten oxide surface 412 after thedielectric surface 418 has been removed, but prior to depositing thebarrier layer 430. In this case thetungsten oxide surface 412 is removed to expose a metallic tungsten-containing surface (e.g., similar to theitem 314 inFIG. 3B ). In one aspect,tungsten oxide surface 412 is chemically reduced to tungsten metal. For example,tungsten oxide surface 412 is exposed to a hydrogen plasma to remove the oxides and form a metallic tungsten-containing surface. In another aspect, thetungsten oxide surface 412 is exposed to vapor deposition process containing diborane to remove the oxides and form metallic tungsten-containing surface containing tungsten boride. In another aspect, thetungsten oxide surface 412 is exposed to wet clean process to further oxidize and remove tungstate ions while leaving behind a metallic tungsten-containing surface. Processes that may be used to perform the pretreatment process are discussed above in conjunction withFIGS. 3A-3C . - Thereafter, as illustrated in
FIG. 4D ,barrier layer 430 is deposited onsubstrate 400, including ondielectric layer 420,aperture 405 and thegap 410.Barrier layer 430 may contain a material that acts as an adhesion and/or diffusion barrier layer for the subsequently deposited materials deposited thereon, such as copper. Materials to formbarrier layer 430 may include tantalum, tantalum nitride, tantalum silicon nitride, titanium, titanium nitride, titanium silicon nitride, ruthenium, alloys thereof, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof.Barrier layer 430 may be deposited by vapor deposition process that includes PVD, ALD or CVD. Preferably,barrier layer 430 is a tantalum-containing compound deposited by a PVD process. In one aspect, not shown, thebarrier layer 430 may be removed from the surface of theplug 403 by use of a re-sputtering process that is typically performed in the PVD or PECVD processing chambers. -
FIG. 4E illustrates thesubstrate 400 after anoptional seed layer 440 has been deposited onbarrier layer 430 and intogap 410. Theoptional seed layer 440 may increase adhesion or promote nucleation sites for subsequently deposited bulk-fill materials. Theseed layer 440 may be a continuous layer or a non-continuous layer across the surface ofbarrier layer 430. Therefore,barrier layer 430 may be exposed ifseed layer 440 is a non-continuous layer.Seed layer 440 may contain a metal, such as, copper, tungsten, tantalum, titanium, ruthenium, alloys thereof, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof.Seed layer 440 may be deposited by a vapor deposition process that includes PVD, ALD and CVD or a liquid deposition process that includes electroless or electroplating. Preferably,seed layer 440 is a copper-containing compound deposited by a PVD process. -
FIG. 4F illustratessubstrate 400 after abulk fill layer 450 has been deposited onseed layer 440, thus fillinggap 410 andaperture 405. The deposition ofbulk fill layer 450 completes the formation ofinterconnect plug 443 that is in electrical contact to plug 403.Bulk fill layer 450 may contain a conductive metal that includes copper (Cu), tungsten (W), aluminum (Al), ruthenium (Ru), nickel (Ni), cobalt (Co), alloys thereof, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof.Bulk fill layer 450 may be deposited by a vapor deposition process that includes PVD and CVD or a liquid deposition process that includes electroless or electroplating. In one example,bulk fill layer 450 is a copper-containing compound deposited by a PVD process. In another example,bulk fill layer 450 is a tungsten-containing compound deposited by a CVD process. In another example,bulk fill layer 450 is a nickel-containing compound deposited by an electroless deposition process. In another example,bulk fill layer 450 is a cobalt-tungsten alloy deposited by an electroless deposition process. In another example,bulk fill layer 450 is a copper-containing compound deposited by an electroless deposition process. In another example,bulk fill layer 450 is a copper-containing compound deposited by an electroplating process. An exemplary electroplating deposition process and apparatus that may be in one or more of the electroplating deposition processes described herein is further described in the commonly assigned and copending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/268,284 [APPM 7669], filed Oct. 9, 2002 and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 110/616,284 [APPM 7669P1], filed Jul. 8, 2003, which are both incorporated by reference in their entirety. - Alternate Interconnect Formation Process
- In another embodiment, a process is used to initiate on a tungsten containing contact plug to form an
interconnect feature 505.FIGS. 5A-5G illustrate the process of forming an interconnect plug 543 (SeeFIGS. 5D and 5G ) over theplug 503 so that an electrical connection can be made between thecontact layer 502, theinterconnect plug 543 and any subsequently deposited layers, such as the M2 interconnect layers (not shown). In general this process starts by depositing a dielectric layer over theplug 503 that was previously formed on thesubstrate 500. Then various conventional lithographic patterning and etching techniques are used to form an aperture 505 (or via) so that an interconnect layer (i.e., bulk fill layer 550) can be deposited on theplug 503. -
FIG. 5A illustrates a cross-sectional view ofsubstrate 500 after a CMP process has been performed on a tungsten-containing contact plug.Substrate 500 containscontact layer 502,dielectric layer 504 and plug 503 that includestungsten layer 506. Thesurface 512 of thetungsten layer 506 may contain a tungsten oxide layer that is formed by atmospheric oxidation or exposure to an oxidizer, such as during an ashing process. The tungsten oxide layer may be continuous or discontinuous acrosstungsten layer 506 and include a surface terminated with oxygen, hydrogen, hydroxides and combinations thereof. Optionally, the tungsten oxide layer may be removed by a reduction process or a pre-clean process as described above to form a metallic tungsten-containing surface (not shown), substantially free of tungsten oxide layer. -
FIG. 5B illustratessubstrate 500 after adielectric layer 520 has been formed on thedielectric layer 504 and plug 503. Thedielectric layer 520 may be composed of a dielectric material that may include silicon dioxide, silicon nitride, SOI, silicon oxynitride and/or carbon-doped silicon oxides, such as SiOxCy, for example, BLACK DIAMOND™ low-k dielectric, available from Applied Materials, Inc., located in Santa Clara, Calif. The dielectric material formingdielectric layer 520 may be deposited by a vapor deposition process such as CVD or plasma-enhanced-CVD (PE-CVD). In one example, a TEOS CVD process, utilizing the precursor tetraethyl orthosilicate (Si(OC2H5)4 or TEOS), is conducted to deposit a silicon oxide material at about 700° C. In another example, a TEOS PE-CVD process is conducted to deposit a silicon oxide material at about 500° C. -
FIG. 5C illustratessubstrate 500 after thedielectric layer 520 has been masked and etched, using conventional techniques, to form a via oraperture 505 to revealplug 503. In general, it is desirable to assure that all of thedielectric layer 520 is removed from the exposed regions of thesurface 512 of theplug 503. - In one embodiment, not shown in
FIGS. 5A-5F , a pretreatment process is performed to remove the tungsten oxide layer on thesurface 512 after the dielectric material has been removed, but prior to depositing thebarrier layer 530 orbulk fill layer 550. In this case the tungsten oxide on thesurface 512 is removed to expose a metallic tungsten-containing surface (e.g., similar to theitem 314 inFIG. 3B ). In one aspect, tungsten oxide is chemically reduced to tungsten metal. For example, tungsten oxide is exposed to a hydrogen plasma to remove the oxides and form a metallic tungsten-containing surface. In another aspect, the tungsten oxide is exposed to vapor deposition process containing diborane to remove the oxides and form metallic tungsten-containing surface containing tungsten boride. In another aspect, the tungsten oxide is exposed to wet clean process to further oxidize and remove tungstate ions while leaving behind a metallic tungsten-containing surface. Processes that may be used to perform the pretreatment process are discussed above in conjunction withFIGS. 3A-3C . - Pretreatment Process Example
- In one embodiment of the pretreatment process, various processing steps 3000 (see
FIG. 6 ) are used to prepare the surface of the substrate prior to depositing thebulk fill layer 550. In one embodiment, theprocessing steps 3000 generally includes 1) an oxide removal step, 2) a surface preparation step, 3) an activation step, 4) an optional activation rinse step, and 5) an optional chelating rinse step. Each of the steps will be discussed in turn. - In the first step of the pretreatment process, or
step 3002, thesurface 512 is exposed to a clean solution to remove leftover etch residues from the formation of theinterconnect feature 505 and/or any left over dielectric material (Item # 520FIG. 5B ). In one aspect, the clean solution may be useful to remove some of the tungsten oxides formed on thesurface 512, but cleaning solutions that are too aggressive will aggressively attack commonly useddielectric layer 520 materials. The preparation of thesurface 512 typically requires a clean solution that has a low pH. The pH of the clean solution is usually adjusted by adding an acid or a base (e.g., DEA, TEA) to the predetermined value. The clean process usually includes an acidic clean solution with a pH of about 4 or less, preferably, in a range from about 1.5 to about 3. The acid may include hydrochloric acid (HCl), hydrogen fluoride (HF), sulfuric acid (H2SO4), nitric acid (HNO3), phosphoric acid (HPO4), derivatives thereof and combinations thereof. In one aspect, the clean solution contains between about 0.1 wt % and about 5 wt % of hydrofluoric acid (HF). Preferably, the clean solution contains about 0.5 wt % of hydrofluoric acid (HF). During a typical clean process a clean solution is dispensed across or sprayed on the surface ofsubstrate 500 at a temperature at or near room temperature. The time the clean solution is in contact with the surface of the substrate to achieve a desired result may depend on the prior processing steps the substrate has gone through and the concentration of the clean solution components. For example, an aqueous solution that contains about 0.5 wt % of hydrofluoric acid (HF) may only require about a 30 second exposure to the substrate surface. - In the second step of the pretreatment process, or
step 3003, thesurface 512 is exposed to surface preparation step that is adapted to further normalize thesurface 512 prior to performing the subsequent deposition steps. It is believed that exposure of thesurface 512 to a tungstate source will tend to normalize the activity of all the exposed regions across the substrate surface so that they all behave similarly in the subsequent processing steps. In this step a preparation solution containing tungstic acid (H2WO4) and/or various tungstate salts, or other water soluble WO4 2− sources, hydrates thereof, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof are dispensed on the substrate surface to promote the bonding of the subsequent layers to the substrate surface. In one aspect, the preparation solution contains tungstic acid in a concentration between about 0.002 M and about 0.1 M, and has an adjusted pH of between about 12 and about 13 by the addition of a base (e.g., TMAH). Preferably, the tungstic acid concentration in the preparation solution is between about 0.06 and about 0.1 M and the pH is about 12.5. In one aspect, the preparation solution is dispensed on the surface of the substrate at a temperature at or near room temperature (e.g., ˜20° C.). The time the preparation solution is in contact with the surface of the substrate to achieve a desired result may depend on the prior processing steps the substrate has gone through and the concentration of the processing solution components. For example, an aqueous solution that contains about 10 g/l of tungstic acid and has adjusted pH of about 12.5 may only require between about a 30 second and about a 45 second exposure to the substrate surface. - In the third step of the pretreatment process, or
step 3004, prior to the deposition of thebulk fill layer 550 thesurface 512 is activated using an activation solution. During this step, an initiation layer (not shown) may be formed on thesurface 512 by displacement plating of a catalytic metal such a palladium, platinum, ruthenium, osmium, rhodium or iridium. Typical procedures for cleaning and displacement plating of tungsten with palladium employ dilute aqueous acid solutions of palladium salts such as palladium chloride, palladium nitrate or palladium sulfate. An example of a suitable acidic activation solution is one prepared by addition of about 4 ml of a 10 wt % Pd(NO3)2 in 10% nitric acid to 1 liter of deionized water. In another example, an activation solution contains about 120 ppm palladium chloride and sufficient hydrochloric acid to provide a pH in a range from about 1.5 to about 3. Substrates to be activated are exposed to the activation solution for about 30 seconds at room or ambient temperature. - Next an optional rinse process (step 3005) is used to activate the initiation layer, clean the substrate surface and/or remove remaining contaminants from any of the early processes. In this step a rinse activation solution is dispensed on the substrate surface to activate the initiation layer formed in the third step. In one aspect, the rinse activation solution is a reducing solution (e.g., DMAB, glyoxylic acid) that is delivered to the substrate surface for wetting, cleaning and thermally equilibrating the substrate surface. In one aspect, one liter of a rinse activation solution containing about 1.2 g DMAB and about 3.3 g of 50% H3PO2 to DI water at ambient temperature, and enough 25% TMAH to adjust the pH to about 9.25, is dispensed on the substrate surface. In another aspect, a rinse activation solution may contain about 1.2 g/L DMAB, 7.2 g/L of citric acid, 0.1 g/L of hydroxypyridine (a stabilizer), and about 3.3 g/L of 50% H3PO2, DI water, and then adding 25% TMAH to adjust the pH to about 9.25. In one aspect, the rinse activation solution contains DMAB in a concentration from about 1 mM to about 200 mM, and preferably, about 20 mM. In one example, the rinse process may be for about 30 seconds.
- Next an optional chelating process (step 3006) that uses a chelating solution is dispensed on the substrate surface to clean the substrate surface and/or remove remaining contaminants from any of the early processes. The chelating solution is used to remove and prevent particles from forming on the activated surface. In one aspect, a room temperature chelating solution containing about 0.1 M of citric acid is dispensed on and/or remains in contact with the substrate surface for about 30 seconds.
- One will note that a rinse process will general follow each process steps described above, to reduce the interaction of the various chemicals. The rinse process includes rinsing the substrate surface with deionized water at or near room temperature. The substrate will be rinsed for a period from about 1 second to about 30 seconds, preferably from about 5 seconds to about 10 seconds.
- Referring to
FIG. 5D , abulk fill layer 550 is then deposited on thesurface 512 of theplug 503 to fill theaperture 505. In this configuration thebulk fill layer 550 may be selectively deposited so that theplug 543 is filled from the bottom up, thus preventing defects from being formed in theplug 543 from the growth of the film on the side walls of the aperture 505 (e.g., typically described as “pinch off”). In one aspect, thebulk fill layer 550 may be selectively deposited on thesurface 512 by use of a vapor deposition process that includes ALD or CVD. Preferably, thebulk fill layer 550 is selectively deposited using an electroless deposition process. In one aspect, electrolessly deposited films are preferred, since they will not contain the amount of carbon that CVD and ALD deposited films contain due to the incorporation of the CVD or ALD precursor materials in the deposited film. The incorporation of carbon in the deposited film will affect the resistivity and adhesion of the deposited layer to prior or subsequently deposited layers. Electrolessly deposited films are also favored over PVD deposited films, since PVD deposited films will tend to “pinch off” at the top of theaperture 505, since PVD it is a line-of-sight type deposition process. Electroless deposition processes are also useful to form metal layers that have two or more metal components contained therein. In one aspect, it may be desirable to varying composition of the electrolessly deposited layer that contains two or more metal components. An exemplary process and hardware that may be used to form a metal layer having a varying composition is described in the commonly assigned U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/040,962 [APPM 8926], filed Jan. 22, 2005, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Thebulk fill layer 550 may contain a conductive metal that includes copper (Cu), tungsten (W), aluminum (Al), ruthenium (Ru), nickel (Ni), cobalt (Co), alloys thereof, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof. In one aspect, thebulk fill layer 550 may include cobalt boride (CoB), cobalt phosphide (CoP), cobalt tungsten phosphide (CoWP), cobalt tungsten boride (CoWB), cobalt molybdenum phosphide (CoMoP), cobalt molybdenum boride (CoMoB), cobalt rhenium boride (CoReB), cobalt rhenium phosphide (CoReP), nickel boride (NiB), nickel phosphide (NiP), nickel tungsten phosphide (NiWP), nickel tungsten boride (NiWB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoP), nickel rhenium phosphide (NiReP), and nickel rhenium boride (NiReB), derivatives thereof or combinations thereof. Preferably,bulk fill layer 550 is a nickel boride compound deposited by an electroless deposition process. - In another embodiment, as shown in
FIG. 5E , after forming the aperture 505 (seeFIG. 5C ) abarrier layer 530 is deposited onsubstrate 500, including ondielectric layer 520, andaperture 505.Barrier layer 530 may contain a material that acts as an adhesion and/or diffusion barrier layer for the subsequently deposited materials deposited thereon, such as copper. Materials to formbarrier layer 530 may include tantalum, tantalum nitride, tantalum silicon nitride, titanium, titanium nitride, titanium silicon nitride, ruthenium, alloys thereof, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof.Barrier layer 530 may be deposited by vapor deposition process that includes PVD, ALD or CVD. Preferably,barrier layer 530 is a tantalum-containing compound deposited by a PVD process. In one aspect, not shown, thebarrier layer 530 may be removed from the surface of theplug 503 by use of a re-sputtering process that is typically performed in the PVD or PECVD processing chambers. -
FIG. 5F illustrates thesubstrate 500 after anoptional seed layer 540 has been deposited onbarrier layer 530. Theoptional seed layer 540 may increase adhesion or promote nucleation sites for subsequently deposited bulk-fill layer 550. Theseed layer 540 may be a continuous layer or a non-continuous layer across the surface ofbarrier layer 530. Therefore,barrier layer 530 may be exposed ifseed layer 540 is a non-continuous layer.Seed layer 540 may contain a metal, such as, copper, tungsten, tantalum, titanium, ruthenium, alloys thereof, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof.Seed layer 540 may be deposited by a vapor deposition process that includes PVD, ALD and CVD or a liquid deposition process that includes electroless or electroplating. Preferably,seed layer 540 is a copper-containing compound deposited by a PVD process. -
FIG. 5G illustratessubstrate 500 after abulk fill layer 550 has been deposited onseed layer 540, thus theaperture 505. The deposition ofbulk fill layer 550 completes the formation ofinterconnect plug 543 that is in electrical contact to plug 503.Bulk fill layer 550 may contain a conductive as described above.Bulk fill layer 550 may be deposited by a vapor deposition process that includes PVD and CVD or a liquid deposition process that includes electroless or electroplating. In one embodiment, thebulk fill layer 550 is a copper-containing compound deposited by a PVD process. In another example,bulk fill layer 550 is a tungsten-containing compound deposited by a CVD process. In another example,bulk fill layer 550 is a nickel-containing compound deposited by an electroless deposition process. In another example,bulk fill layer 550 is a cobalt-tungsten alloy deposited by an electroless deposition process. In another example,bulk fill layer 550 is a copper-containing compound deposited by an electroless deposition process. In another example,bulk fill layer 550 is a copper-containing compound deposited by an electroplating process. - Examples of Electroless Process Solutions
- The following are a examples of various electroless chemistries and processes that may be used to form the
fill material 230, fillmaterial 320, seed/adhesion layer 325,conductive layer 350,seed layer 440,bulk fill layer 450,seed layer 540, and/orbulk fill layer 550. - Electroless Nickel Deposition Chemistries and Processes
- In one example, an electroless deposition solution useful to form nickel-containing material contains a nickel source, a reductant, at least one complexing agent, a pH adjusting agent, water and optional additives and surfactants. Nickel-containing material may be deposited by an electroless process utilizing either a pre-mixed electroless deposition solution or an in-line mixing process that combines solution components to generate the electroless solution.
- The nickel source within the electroless deposition solution may have a concentration within a range from about 20 mM to about 200 mM, preferably from about 40 mM to about 80 mM, and more preferably from about 50 mM to about 70 mM, such as about 60 mM. Nickel sources provide nickel ions (e.g., Ni2+) dissolved within the electroless solution and later reduced out as the deposited nickel-containing material. Useful nickel sources include nickel sulfate, nickel chloride, nickel acetate, nickel phosphate, derivatives thereof, hydrates thereof or combinations thereof. In a preferred embodiment, nickel sulfate hexahydrate (NiSO4.6H2O) is used in the electroless solution to deposit nickel-containing materials.
- The reductant within the electroless deposition solution may have a concentration within a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 2 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 5 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 14 mM. Reductants provide electrons to induce chemical reduction of the nickel ions that form and deposit the nickel-containing material. Reductants may include organic reductants (e.g., formaldehyde or glyoxylic acid), hydrazine, organic hydrazines (e.g., methyl hydrazine), hypophosphite sources (e.g., hypophosphorous acid (H3PO2), ammonium hypophosphite ((NH4)4-xHxPO2) and salts thereof), borane sources (e.g., dimethylamine borane complex ((CH3)2NH.BH3), DMAB), trimethylamine borane complex ((CH3)3N.BH3), TMAB), tert-butylamine borane complex (tBuNH2.BH3), tetrahydrofuran borane complex (THF.BH3), pyridine borane complex (C5H5N.BH3), ammonia borane complex (NH3.BH3), borane (BH3), diborane (B2H6), derivatives thereof, complexes thereof or combinations thereof. In a preferred embodiment, DMAB is used as a reductant in the electroless solution for depositing nickel-containing materials.
- Chelators or complexing agents are in the electroless solution to complex nickel ions thereby stabilizing the solubility and reduction of nickel ions. The complexing agents may have a concentration within a range from about 50 mM to about 2 M, preferably from about 100 mM to about 1 M, and more preferably from about 200 mM to about 500 mM. Complexing agents generally may have functional groups, such as carboxylic acids, dicarboxylic acids, polycarboxylic acids, amino acids, amines, diamines, polyamines, alkylamines, alkanolamines and alkoxyamines. Complexing agents may include citric acid, citrates, glycolic acid, glycine, malonic acid, maleic acid, lactic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), ethylenediamine (EDA), triethylene tetramine (TETA), diaminoethane, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine (DEA), triethanolamine (TEA), hydroxylamine hydrochloride, ammonia, ammonium chloride, derivatives thereof, salts thereof or combinations thereof. Usually, the electroless solution contains more than one complexing agent. Preferably, the electroless solution contains at least citric acid or citrate salts, more preferably, the electroless solution also contains DEA, glycine and/or lactic acid. In one example, the electroless solution contains about 60 mM of citric acid, 60 mM of DEA, 15 mM of glycine and 120 mM of lactic acid.
- A pH adjusting agent is added to adjust the electroless solution to a pH value within a range from about 8 to about 11, preferably from about 9 to about 10, and more preferably from about 8.0 to about 8.5, such as about 8.5. The pH adjusting agent may be an acidic compound to decrease the pH value of the electroless solution and include hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof. Alternatively, the pH adjusting agent may be a basic compound to increase the pH value of the electroless solution and include metal hydroxides, tetraalkylammonium hydroxides (e.g., tetramethylammonium hydroxide ((CH3)4NOH, TMAH) or tetraethylammonium hydroxide ((CH3CH2)4NOH, TEAH)), ammonium hydroxide, DEA, TEA, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof. The pH adjusting agent may be dissolved in water prior to adjusting the pH value of the electroless solution. In one example, a 25 wt % aqueous solution of TMAH is used as a pH adjusting agent. In another example, both TMAH and DEA are used to adjust the pH value of an electroless solution.
- The optional additives may include levelers, accelerators and suppressors. Levelers within the electroless solution are used to achieve different deposition thickness as a function of leveler concentration and feature geometry while depositing nickel-containing materials. The leveler within the electroless deposition solution may have a concentration within a range from about 20 ppb to about 600 ppm, preferably from about 100 ppb to about 100 ppm. Examples of levelers that may be employed in an electroless solution include, but are not limited to alkylpolyimines and organic sulfonates, such as 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2-imidazolidinethione (HIT), 4-mercaptopyridine, 2-mercaptothiazoline, ethylene thiourea, thiourea or derivatives thereof. The electroless deposition solution may contain brighteners or accelerators and suppressors as alternative additives to provide further control of the deposition process. The role of accelerators is to achieve a smoothly deposited surface of the nickel-containing material. The accelerator within the electroless deposition solution has a concentration within a range from about 20 ppb to about 600 ppm, preferably from about 100 ppb to about 100 ppm. Accelerators that are useful in an electroless solution for depositing nickel-containing materials may include sulfur-based compounds such as bis(3-sulfopropyl)disulfide (SPS), 3-mercapto-1-propane sulfonic acid (MPSA), aminoethane sulfonic acids, thiourea, derivatives thereof, combinations thereof. Suppressors are used to suppress nickel deposition by initially adsorbing onto underlying catalytic surfaces and therefore blocking access to the catalyst of the reaction. Suppressors generally may include polyethylene glycol (PEG), polypropylene glycol (PPG), polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymer (POCP), benzotriazole (BTA), dipyridyl, dimethyl dipyridyl, derivatives thereof or combinations thereof. The suppressor within the electroless deposition solution may have a concentration within a range from about 20 ppb to about 600 ppm, preferably from about 100 ppb to about 100 ppm.
- The electroless solution may contain boric acid as an additional additive. Boric acid is added to provide additional buffering and to stabilize the composition of the solution. Boric acid is an oxidation by-product from the chemical reactions of borane reductants (e.g., DMAB). Therefore, an electroless solution containing boric acid is more normalized at the start of the deposition process since a less steep dissipation gradient exist as additional boric acid is formed from the borane reductant. Boric acid is preferably within the electroless deposition solution at concentration within a range from about 1 mM to about 50 mM, preferably from about 2 mM to about 20 M, and more preferably from about 3 mM to about 15 mM, such as about 5 mM.
- Also, an optional surfactant may be added to the electroless solution. The surfactant is a wetting agent to reduce the surface tension between the electroless solution and the substrate surface. Surfactants are generally added to the electroless solution at a concentration of about 1,000 ppm or less, preferably about 800 ppm or less, such as from about 20 ppb to about 600 ppm. The surfactant may have ionic or non-ionic characteristics. A preferred surfactant includes dodecyl sulfates, such as sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS). Other surfactants that may be used in the electroless deposition solution include glycol ether based surfactants (e.g., polyethylene glycol). For example, a glycol ether based surfactants may contain polyoxyethylene units, such as
TRITON® 100, available from Dow Chemical Company. A nonylphenol ethoxylate surfactant is useful in the electroless deposition solution, such as TERGITOL®, available from Dow Chemical Company or IGEPAL-630, available from GAF Corporation. Other useful surfactants may contain phosphate units, for example, sodium poly(oxyethylene)phenyl ether phosphate, such as RHODAFAC® RE-610, available from Rhodia, Inc. The surfactants may be single compounds or a mixture of compounds of molecules containing varying length of hydrocarbon chains. - An electroless process to deposit nickel-containing materials may utilize an in-line mixing process to form the electroless solution. The process may contain the addition of two, three, four or more componential solutions to form the electroless solution. In one example, the electroless solution is formed by combining a buffered cleaning solution, a nickel-containing solution, a reducing solution and water, where each solution is a concentrate and water is added to reach a predetermined concentration of the final solution. In another example, the electroless solution is formed by combining a buffered cleaning solution, a nickel-containing solution and a reducing solution, where each of the solutions are pre-diluted and therefore do not require additional water. In another example, the electroless solution is formed by combining a buffered nickel-containing solution, a reducing solution and water, where a buffered cleaning solution and a nickel-containing solution are combined to form the buffered nickel-containing solution. Further details of in-line mixing processes and componential solutions are further described in the commonly assigned, U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/967,919, entitled, “Selective Self-initiating Electroless Capping of Copper with Cobalt-containing Alloys,” filed on Oct. 18, 2004, and published as US 2005-0136193, which is incorporated by reference to the extent not inconsistent with the claimed aspects and description herein.
- A buffered cleaning solution usually contains water, at least one complexing agent, additives and a pH adjusting agent. The complexing agent within the buffered cleaning solution is at a concentration from about 0.2 M to about 3 M, preferably from about 0.5 M to about 2 M. The additive within the buffered cleaning solution is at a concentration from about 10 mM to about 1 M, preferably from about 50 mM to about 500 mM. The pH adjusting agent is at a concentration to provide the buffered cleaning solution with a pH value in a range from about 7.5 to about 11, preferably from about 8 to about 10, and more preferably from about 9.2 to about 9.6, such as about 9.4. In one example, a buffered cleaning solution contains water, about 1.15 M of DEA, about 375 mM of citric acid, about 300 mM of glycine, about 100 mM of boric acid and a concentration of TMAH to adjust the pH value to about 9.4. In another example, a buffered cleaning solution contains water, about 330 mM of DEA, about 300 mM of citric acid, about 150 mM of glycine, about 50 mM of boric acid and a concentration of TMAH to adjust the pH value to about 9.4.
- A nickel-containing solution usually contains water, a nickel source, at least one complexing agent and a pH adjusting agent. The nickel source within the nickel-containing solution is at a concentration from about 50 mM to about 1 M, preferably from about 100 mM to about 500 mM, such as about 300 mM. The complexing agent within the nickel-containing solution is at a concentration from about 0.2 M to about 2 M, preferably from about 0.5 M to about 1 M. The pH adjusting agent is at a concentration to provide the nickel-containing solution with a pH value in a range from about 8 to about 11, preferably from about 9 to about 10, and more preferably from about 8.0 to about 8.5, such as about 8.5. In one example, a nickel-containing solution contains water, about 100 mM of citric acid, about 300 mM of nickel sulfate, about 600 mM of 85% lactic acid and a concentration of TMAH to adjust the pH value to about 9.4.
- A reducing solution usually contains water, at least one reductant, at least one complexing agent and a pH adjusting agent. The reductant within the reducing solution is at a concentration from about 10 mM to about 500 mM, preferably from about 50 mM to about 100 mM, such as about 70 mM. The complexing agent within the reducing solution is at a concentration from about 1 mM to about 50 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 15 mM, such as about 10 mM. The pH adjusting agent is at a concentration to provide the reducing solution with a pH value in a range from about 8 to about 11, preferably from about 9 to about 10, and more preferably from about 8.0 to about 8.5, such as about 8.5. In one example, a reducing solution contains water, about 10 mM of citric acid, about 70 mM of DMAB and a concentration of TMAH to adjust the pH value to about 9.4.
- The electroless solution is preferably formed by in-line mixing process that combines various volumetric ratios of the buffered cleaning solution, the nickel-containing solution, the reducing solution and water. In one example, 1 volumetric equivalent of a buffered cleaning solution, 4 volumetric equivalents of a nickel-containing solution, 4 volumetric equivalents of a reducing solution and 11 volumetric equivalents of deionized water are in-line mixed to form an electroless solution. That is, the volumetric ratio of the buffered cleaning solution, the nickel-containing solution, the reducing solution and the deionized water is 1:4:4:11 (5%, 20%, 20%, 55% of electroless solution). In other examples of an electroless solution, a volumetric ratio of the buffered cleaning solution, the nickel-containing solution, the reducing solution and the water is 1:2:2:5 (10%, 20%, 20%, 50% of electroless solution) and 1:1:1:3 (16.7%, 16.7%, 16.7%, 50% of electroless solution).
- In one embodiment, an electroless solution contains: nickel sulfate with a concentration in a range from about 20 mM to about 200 mM, preferably from about 40 mM to about 80 mM, and more preferably from about 50 mM to about 70 mM, such as about 60 mM; DMAB with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 2 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 5 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 14 mM; citric acid with a concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 500 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 100 mM, and more preferably from about 40 mM to about 80 mM, such as about 60 mM; DEA with a concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 500 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 200 mM, such as about 60 mM; glycine with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 150 mM, preferably from about 2 mM to about 80 mM, and more preferably from about 5 mM to about 50 mM, such as about 15 mM; boric acid with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 2 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 3 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 5 mM; lactic acid with a concentration in a range from about 10 mM to about 500 mM, preferably from about 50 mM to about 200 mM, and more preferably from about 100 mM to about 140 mM, such as about 120 mM; TMAH with a concentration to adjust the electroless solution to a have pH value in a range from about 8 to about 11, preferably from about 9 to about 10, and more preferably from about 98.0 to about 8.5, such as about 8.5.
- In one embodiment, citrate is a preferred complexing agent and is present in each componential solution, such as the buffered cleaning solution, the nickel-containing solution and the reducing solution. Citrate may be added as citric acid and/or as a citrate salt. Citrate plays an important role of buffering each of the individual componential solutions while being combined to form the plating solution. Citrates generally have poor solubility in water at high concentrations, while the componential solutions may have relatively concentrated solutions. If a substantial citrate concentration of the final electroless solution is desired, a single componential solution may not be capable of completely containing all the dissolved citrate. Therefore, the citrate may be dissolved in each componential solution to assure no formation of citrate precipitate, and subsequently combined with water forming the electroless solution at a final concentration.
- The electroless deposition process may be conducted at a temperature in a range from about 35° C. to about 120° C., preferably from about 60° C. to about 100° C. In one example, the temperature is from about 80° C. to about 85° C. In another example, the temperature is from about 65° C. to about 70° C. The water may be degassed, preheated and/or deionized water. Degassing the water reduces the oxygen concentration of the subsequently formed electroless solution. An electroless solution with a low oxygen concentration (e.g., less than about 100 ppm) may be used during the deposition process. Preheated water allows forming the electroless solution at a predetermined temperature just below the temperature used to initiate the deposition process, thereby shortening the process time.
- The substrate may be exposed to a chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) process prior to the pretreatment and deposition processes described herein. Usually, the CMP process is conducted in a first process chamber, the nickel-containing layer or cobalt-tungsten alloy layer is deposited in a second process chamber and the first and second process chambers are on the same CMP tool. In one example, the second process chamber is in fluid communication to an in-line mixing system that combines stock solutions used in the pretreatment process and/or the electroless deposition processes.
- A “substrate surface” as used herein refers to any substrate or material surface formed on a substrate upon which film processing is performed. For example, a substrate surface on which processing may be performed include materials such as monocrystalline, polycrystalline or amorphous silicon, strained silicon, silicon on insulator (SOI), doped silicon, silicon germanium, germanium, gallium arsenide, glass, sapphire, silicon oxide, silicon nitride, silicon oxynitride and/or carbon doped silicon oxides, such as SiOxCy, for example, BLACK DIAMOND™ low-k dielectric, available from Applied Materials, Inc., located in Santa Clara, Calif. Substrates may have various dimensions, such as 200 mm or 300 mm diameter wafers, as well as, rectangular or square panes. Embodiments of the processes described herein deposit nickel-containing materials on many types of substrates and surfaces. Substrates on which embodiments of the invention may be useful include, but are not limited to semiconductor wafers, such as crystalline silicon (e.g., Si<100> or Si<111>), silicon oxide, strained silicon, silicon germanium, doped or undoped polysilicon, doped or undoped silicon wafers, and patterned or non-patterned wafers. Substrates made of glass or plastic, which, for example, are commonly used to fabricate flat panel displays and other similar devices, are also included.
- A chamber useful to conduct an electroless deposition process for depositing a cobalt-tungsten material, a cobalt-nickel material or a nickel-containing material is the electroless deposition process cell, further described in the commonly assigned U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/965,220, entitled “Apparatus for Electroless Deposition,” filed on Oct. 14, 2004, and published as US 2005-0081785, U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/996,342, entitled, “Apparatus for Electroless Deposition of Metals on Semiconductor Wafers,” filed on Nov. 22, 2004, U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/043,442, entitled, “Apparatus for Electroless Deposition of Metals onto Semiconductor Substrates,” filed on Jan. 26, 2005, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/040,962, entitled “Method and Apparatus for Selectively Changing Thin Film Composition During Electroless Deposition in a Single Chamber,” filed on Jan. 22, 2005, which are each incorporated by reference to the extent not inconsistent with the claimed aspects and description herein.
- Examples of Cobalt and Nickel Electroless Deposition Chemistries
- Cobalt
- In one embodiment, an electroless solution for depositing metallic cobalt contains: cobalt ions (Co2+) with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 10 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 15 mM; hydrazine hydrate with a concentration in a range from about 100 mM to about 2 M, preferably from about 200 mM to about 1 M, and more preferably from about 300 mM to about 700 mM, such as about 500 mM; citric acid or citrate salt with a citrate concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 200 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 100 mM, and more preferably from about 30 mM to about 70 mM, such as about 50 mM; and an optional pH adjusting agent (e.g., TMAH) with a concentration to adjust the electroless solution to a have pH value in a range from about 10 to about 14, preferably from about 11.5 to about 13, and more preferably from about 12.2 to about 12.8, such as about 12.5. In one example, a pH value is about 11.5 or higher, preferably, about 12.0 or higher, and more preferably, about 12.5 or higher. The electroless deposition process to deposit metallic cobalt may be conducted at a temperature within a range from about 35° C. to about 100° C., preferably from about 60° C. to about 90° C., and more preferably from about 70° C. to about 80° C., such as about 75° C.
- Cobalt Boride
- In one embodiment, an electroless solution for depositing cobalt boride contains: cobalt ions (Co2+) with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 10 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 15 mM; DMAB with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 200 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 100 mM, and more preferably from about 30 mM to about 50 mM, such as about 40 mM; citric acid or citrate salt with a citrate concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 500 mM, preferably from about 30 mM to about 300 mM, and more preferably from about 50 mM to about 150 mM, such as about 100 mM; and an optional pH adjusting agent (e.g., TMAH) with a concentration to adjust the electroless solution to a have pH value in a range from about 8 to about 11, preferably from about 8 to about 10, and more preferably from about 8.5 to about 9.5, such as about 8.9. The electroless deposition process to deposit cobalt boride may be conducted at a temperature within a range from about 35° C. to about 100° C., preferably from about 60° C. to about 80° C., and more preferably from about 65° C. to about 75° C., such as about 70° C.
- Cobalt Tungsten Boride
- In one embodiment, an electroless solution for depositing cobalt tungsten boride contains: cobalt ions (Co2+) with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 10 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 15 mM; tungstic acid or tungstate salt with a tungstate concentration in a range from about 0.1 mM to about 10 mM, preferably from about 0.5 mM to about 5 mM, and more preferably from about 1 mM to about 3 mM, such as about 2 mM; DMAB with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 200 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 100 mM, and more preferably from about 30 mM to about 50 mM, such as about 40 mM; citric acid or citrate salt with a citrate concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 500 mM, preferably from about 30 mM to about 300 mM, and more preferably from about 50 mM to about 150 mM, such as about 100 mM; and an optional pH adjusting agent (e.g., TMAH) with a concentration to adjust the electroless solution to a have pH value in a range from about 8 to about 11, preferably from about 8 to about 10, and more preferably from about 8.5 to about 9.5, such as about 8.9. The electroless deposition process to deposit cobalt tungsten boride may be conducted at a temperature within a range from about 35° C. to about 100° C., preferably from about 60° C. to about 80° C., and more preferably from about 65° C. to about 75° C., such as about 70° C.
- Nickel Boride
- In one embodiment, an electroless solution for depositing nickel boride contains: nickel ions (Ni2+) with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 80 mM, such as about 60 mM; DMAB with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 200 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 50 mM, such as about 28 mM; citric acid or citrate salt with a citrate concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 300 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 60 mM, such as about 58 mM; boric acid with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 2 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 3 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 5 mM; lactic acid or lactate salt with a lactate concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 300 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 150 mM, such as about 120 mM; glycine with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 150 mM, preferably from about 2 mM to about 80 mM, and more preferably from about 5 mM to about 50 mM, such as about 15 mM; diethanolamine (DEA) with a concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 300 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 150 mM, such as about 58 mM and an optional pH adjusting agent (e.g., TMAH) with a concentration to adjust the electroless solution to a have pH value in a range from about 8 to about 11, preferably from about 8 to about 10, and more preferably from about 8.0 to about 8.5, such as about 8.5. The electroless deposition process to deposit nickel boride may be conducted at a temperature within a range from about 35° C. to about 100° C., preferably from about 60° C. to about 80° C., and more preferably from about 65° C. to about 75° C., such as about 70° C.
- Nickel Tungsten Boride
- In one embodiment, an electroless solution for depositing nickel tungsten boride contains: nickel ions (Ni2+) with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 10 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 15 mM; tungstic acid or tungstate salt with a tungstate concentration in a range from about 0.1 mM to about 10 mM, preferably from about 0.5 mM to about 5 mM, and more preferably from about 1 mM to about 3 mM, such as about 2 mM; DMAB with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 200 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 100 mM, and more preferably from about 30 mM to about 50 mM, such as about 40 mM; citric acid or citrate salt with a citrate concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 300 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 100 mM, and more preferably from about 40 mM to about 60 mM, such as about 50 mM; lactic acid or lactate salt with a lactate concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 300 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 100 mM, and more preferably from about 40 mM to about 60 mM, such as about 50 mM; and an optional pH adjusting agent (e.g., TMAH) with a concentration to adjust the electroless solution to a have pH value in a range from about 8 to about 11, preferably from about 8 to about 10, and more preferably from about 8.5 to about 9.5, such as about 8.9. The electroless deposition process to deposit nickel tungsten boride may be conducted at a temperature within a range from about 35° C. to about 100° C., preferably from about 60° C. to about 80° C., and more preferably from about 65° C. to about 75° C., such as about 70° C.
- Cobalt Nickel Boride
- In one embodiment, an electroless solution for depositing cobalt nickel boride contains: cobalt ions (Co2+) with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 10 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 15 mM; nickel ions (Ni2+) with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 10 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 15 mM; DMAB with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 200 mM, preferably from about 10 mM to about 100 mM, and more preferably from about 30 mM to about 50 mM, such as about 40 mM; citric acid or citrate salt with a citrate concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 500 mM, preferably from about 30 mM to about 300 mM, and more preferably from about 50 mM to about 150 mM, such as about 100 mM; and an optional pH adjusting agent (e.g., TMAH) with a concentration to adjust the electroless solution to a have pH value in a range from about 8 to about 11, preferably from about 8 to about 10, and more preferably from about 8.5 to about 9.5, such as about 8.9. The electroless deposition process to deposit cobalt nickel boride may be conducted at a temperature within a range from about 35° C. to about 100° C., preferably from about 60° C. to about 80° C., and more preferably from about 65° C. to about 75° C., such as about 70° C.
- Cobalt Nickel
- In one embodiment, an electroless solution for depositing cobalt nickel contains: cobalt ions (Co2+) with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 10 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 15 mM; nickel ions (Ni2+) with a concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 100 mM, preferably from about 5 mM to about 50 mM, and more preferably from about 10 mM to about 20 mM, such as about 15 mM; hydrazine hydrate with a concentration in a range from about 100 mM to about 2 M, preferably from about 200 mM to about 1 M, and more preferably from about 300 mM to about 700 mM, such as about 500 mM; citric acid or citrate salt with a citrate concentration in a range from about 5 mM to about 500 mM, preferably from about 30 mM to about 300 mM, and more preferably from about 50 mM to about 150 mM, such as about 100 mM; and an optional pH adjusting agent (e.g., TMAH) with a concentration to adjust the electroless solution to a have pH value in a range from about 10 to about 14, preferably from about 11.5 to about 13, and more preferably from about 12.2 to about 12.8, such as about 12.5. The electroless deposition process to deposit cobalt nickel may be conducted at a temperature within a range from about 35° C. to about 100° C., preferably from about 60° C. to about 90° C., and more preferably from about 70° C. to about 80° C., such as about 75° C.
- While foregoing is directed to the preferred embodiment of the invention, other and further embodiments of the invention may be devised without departing from the basic scope thereof, and the scope thereof is determined by the claims that follow.
Claims (38)
1. A method of forming an interconnect on a silicon substrate, comprising:
providing a substrate containing an exposed tungsten-containing contact plug exposed that has an exposed gap formed therein;
exposing the substrate to a pretreatment process, wherein the pretreatment process is adapted to remove an oxide layer from a surface of the exposed tungsten-containing contact plug; and
filling the exposed gap with a fill material.
2. The method of claim 1 , wherein the pretreatment process comprises exposing the substrate to a wet-clean solution having a pH value of less than about 5.
3. The method of claim 2 , wherein the wet-clean solution has a hydrogen fluoride concentration within a range from about 0.1 wt % to about 2 wt %.
4. The method of claim 2 , wherein the wet-clean solution further comprises a complexing agent that is selected from the group consisting of citric acid, EDTA, EDA, carboxylic acids, amines, salts thereof, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof.
5. The method of claim 1 , wherein the step of filling the exposed gap is completed using an electroless deposition process, wherein the fill material is selected from the group consisting of cobalt boride (CoB), cobalt phosphide (CoP), cobalt tungsten phosphide (CoWP), cobalt tungsten boride (CoWB), cobalt molybdenum phosphide (CoMoP), cobalt molybdenum boride (CoMoB), cobalt rhenium boride (CoReB), cobalt rhenium phosphide (CoReP), nickel boride (NiB), nickel phosphide (NiP), nickel tungsten phosphide (NiWP), nickel tungsten boride (NiWB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoP), nickel rhenium phosphide (NiReP), and nickel rhenium boride (NiReB).
6. The method of claim 1 , wherein the fill material is selected from the group consisting of copper, cobalt, nickel and tungsten.
7. The method of claim 1 , wherein the fill material is a dielectric material.
8. The method of claim 1 , further comprising removing a portion of the exposed tungsten-containing contact plug to increase the size of the exposed gap.
9. The method of claim 8 , wherein the step of removing a portion of the exposed tungsten-containing contact plug is performed using a wet-clean solution having a pH value of less than about 5.
10. A method of forming an interconnect on a silicon substrate, comprising:
providing a silicon substrate having a first dielectric layer which is disposed on a surface of the silicon substrate and a first aperture formed in the first dielectric layer, wherein a doped silicon containing region of the silicon substrate is exposed at the bottom of the first aperture;
filling the first aperture formed in the first dielectric layer with a tungsten containing layer, wherein the tungsten containing layer is in electrical communication with the doped silicon containing region;
removing an amount of the tungsten containing layer disposed on the first dielectric layer, wherein a gap formed in the tungsten containing layer during the step of filling the first aperture is exposed; and
depositing a material on the surface of the silicon substrate to substantially cover the gap formed in the tungsten containing layer.
11. The method of claim 10 , further comprising exposing the substrate to a pretreatment process, wherein the pretreatment process is adapted to remove an oxide layer from a surface of the exposed tungsten containing layer.
12. The method of claim 11 , wherein the pretreatment process further comprises exposing the substrate to a wet-clean solution having a pH value of less than about 5.
13. The method of claim 12 , wherein wet-clean solution further comprises a complexing agent that is selected from the group consisting of citric acid, EDTA, EDA, carboxylic acids, amines, salts thereof, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof.
14. The method of claim 10 , wherein the material is selected from the group consisting of metallic nickel (Ni), metallic cobalt (Co), cobalt boride (CoB), cobalt phosphide (CoP), cobalt tungsten phosphide (CoWP), cobalt tungsten boride (CoWB), cobalt molybdenum phosphide (CoMoP), cobalt molybdenum boride (CoMoB), cobalt rhenium boride (CoReB), cobalt rhenium phosphide (CoReP), nickel boride (NiB), nickel phosphide (NiP), nickel tungsten phosphide (NiWP), nickel tungsten boride (NiWB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoP), nickel rhenium phosphide (NiReP), and nickel rhenium boride (NiReB).
15. The method of claim 10 , further comprising;
forming a second dielectric layer over the first dielectric layer and the tungsten containing layer disposed in the first aperture; and
forming a second aperture in the second dielectric layer that is in communication with the tungsten containing layer disposed in the first aperture, wherein the step of forming the second aperture is formed before the step of depositing a material on the surface of the silicon containing substrate is performed.
16. A method of forming an interconnect on a silicon substrate, comprising:
providing a substrate containing first dielectric layer that contains at least one tungsten-containing contact plug that has an exposed surface;
forming a second dielectric layer over the first dielectric layer and the tungsten-containing contact plug;
forming a second aperture in the second dielectric layer that is in communication with the exposed surface of the tungsten-containing contact plug; and
selectively filling the second aperture with a fill material.
17. The method of claim 16 , further comprising depositing a first metal layer over the exposed surface of the tungsten-containing contact plug and the second aperture before selectively filling the second aperture.
18. The method of claim 16 , wherein the tungsten-containing contact plug has an exposed gap that comprises a portion of the exposed surface of the tungsten-containing contact plug, wherein the second aperture is in communication with the exposed surface and the exposed gap.
19. The method of claim 16 , further comprising exposing the substrate to a pretreatment process, wherein the pretreatment process is performed after forming the second aperture and is adapted to remove an oxide layer from the exposed surface of the tungsten-containing contact plug.
20. The method of claim 17 , further comprising removing the second dielectric layer from the surface of the tungsten-containing contact plug before depositing the first metal layer.
21. The method of claim 16 , further comprising exposing the substrate to a pretreatment process, wherein the pretreatment process is adapted to remove an oxide layer from a surface of the exposed tungsten-containing contact plug before selectively filling the second aperture with the fill material.
22. The method of claim 16 , wherein the pretreatment process further comprises exposing the substrate to a wet-clean solution having a pH value of less than about 5.
23. The method of claim 22 , wherein wet-clean solution further comprises a complexing agent that is selected from the group consisting of citric acid, EDTA, EDA, carboxylic acids, amines, salts thereof, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof.
24. The method of claim 17 , wherein the first metal layer is contains a metal selected from the group consisting of metallic nickel (Ni), metallic cobalt (Co), cobalt boride (CoB), cobalt phosphide (CoP), cobalt tungsten phosphide (CoWP), cobalt tungsten boride (CoWB), cobalt molybdenum phosphide (CoMoP), cobalt molybdenum boride (CoMoB), cobalt rhenium boride (CoReB), cobalt rhenium phosphide (CoReP), nickel boride (NiB), nickel phosphide (NiP), nickel tungsten phosphide (NiWP), nickel tungsten boride (NiWB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoP), nickel rhenium phosphide (NiReP), and nickel rhenium boride (NiReB).
25. The method of claim 16 , wherein the fill material is selected from the group consisting of metallic nickel (Ni), metallic cobalt (Co), cobalt boride (CoB), cobalt phosphide (CoP), cobalt tungsten phosphide (CoWP), cobalt tungsten boride (CoWB), cobalt molybdenum phosphide (CoMoP), cobalt molybdenum boride (CoMoB), cobalt rhenium boride (CoReB), cobalt rhenium phosphide (CoReP), nickel boride (NiB), nickel phosphide (NiP), nickel tungsten phosphide (NiWP), nickel tungsten boride (NiWB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoP), nickel rhenium phosphide (NiReP), and nickel rhenium boride (NiReB).
26. The method of claim 16 , wherein the fill material is electrolessly deposited on the exposed surface of the tungsten-containing contact plug and is generally in contact with the second dielectric layer.
27. The method of claim 26 , wherein the fill material contains a metal selected from the group consisting of cobalt and nickel.
28. The method of claim 18 , further comprising filing the exposed gap with a second layer that contains a metal selected from the group consisting of metallic nickel (Ni), metallic cobalt (Co), cobalt boride (CoB), cobalt phosphide (CoP), cobalt tungsten phosphide (CoWP), cobalt tungsten boride (CoWB), cobalt molybdenum phosphide (CoMoP), cobalt molybdenum boride (CoMoB), cobalt rhenium boride (CoReB), cobalt rhenium phosphide (CoReP), nickel boride (NiB), nickel phosphide (NiP), nickel tungsten phosphide (NiWP), nickel tungsten boride (NiWB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoP), nickel rhenium phosphide (NiReP), and nickel rhenium boride (NiReB).
29. A method of forming an interconnect on a silicon substrate, comprising:
providing a substrate having an aperture formed in a dielectric layer disposed on a surface of the substrate, wherein the aperture is in communication with an exposed surface of a tungsten-containing contact plug;
dispensing a clean solution on an the exposed surface of the tungsten-containing contact plug, wherein the clean solution comprises hydrogen fluoride;
disposing a preparation solution on the exposed surface of the tungsten-containing contact plug, wherein the preparation solution comprises a tungstate source;
depositing a initiation layer on the exposed surface of the tungsten-containing contact plug using an activation solution; and
selectively filling the second aperture with a fill material.
30. The method of claim 29 , wherein the clean solution is an aqueous solution that has a hydrofluoric acid concentration in a range from about 0.1 wt % to about 0.5 wt %.
31. The method of claim 29 , wherein the preparation solution is an aqueous solution that comprises a tungstate source that is selected from the group consisting of ammonium tungsten oxide, tungstic acid, water soluble WO4 2− sources, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof.
32. The method of claim 29 , wherein the preparation solution is an aqueous solution that has a tungstic acid concentration in a range from about 2 mM to about 100 mM.
33. The method of claim 29 , further comprising dispensing a chelating solution on the exposed surface of the substrate, wherein the chelating solution comprises citric acid that is in a concentration between about 50 mM and about 300 mM.
34. The method of claim 29 , wherein the initiation layer is deposited using an activation solution that contains a palladium source.
35. The method of claim 29 , wherein the fill material contains a metal selected from the group consisting of cobalt and nickel.
36. The method of claim 29 , wherein the fill material contains a metal selected from the group consisting of metallic nickel (Ni), metallic cobalt (Co), cobalt boride (CoB), cobalt phosphide (CoP), cobalt tungsten phosphide (CoWP), cobalt tungsten boride (CoWB), cobalt molybdenum phosphide (CoMoP), cobalt molybdenum boride (CoMoB), cobalt rhenium boride (CoReB), cobalt rhenium phosphide (CoReP), nickel boride (NiB), nickel phosphide (NiP), nickel tungsten phosphide (NiWP), nickel tungsten boride (NiWB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoB), nickel molybdenum phosphide (NiMoP), nickel rhenium phosphide (NiReP), and nickel rhenium boride (NiReB).
37. The method of claim 29 , further comprising activating the initiation layer using a rinse activation solution before selectively filling the second aperture with a fill material.
38. The method of claim 37 , wherein rinse activation solution has a borane reductant concentration in a range from about 1 mM to about 200 mM.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/385,290 US20060252252A1 (en) | 2005-03-18 | 2006-03-20 | Electroless deposition processes and compositions for forming interconnects |
Applications Claiming Priority (7)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US66349305P | 2005-03-18 | 2005-03-18 | |
US68359905P | 2005-05-23 | 2005-05-23 | |
US70363305P | 2005-07-29 | 2005-07-29 | |
US70353805P | 2005-07-29 | 2005-07-29 | |
US70956405P | 2005-08-19 | 2005-08-19 | |
US75423005P | 2005-12-27 | 2005-12-27 | |
US11/385,290 US20060252252A1 (en) | 2005-03-18 | 2006-03-20 | Electroless deposition processes and compositions for forming interconnects |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20060252252A1 true US20060252252A1 (en) | 2006-11-09 |
Family
ID=37024461
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/385,290 Abandoned US20060252252A1 (en) | 2005-03-18 | 2006-03-20 | Electroless deposition processes and compositions for forming interconnects |
US11/385,344 Active 2026-09-21 US7514353B2 (en) | 2005-03-18 | 2006-03-20 | Contact metallization scheme using a barrier layer over a silicide layer |
US11/385,484 Abandoned US20060251801A1 (en) | 2005-03-18 | 2006-03-20 | In-situ silicidation metallization process |
Family Applications After (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/385,344 Active 2026-09-21 US7514353B2 (en) | 2005-03-18 | 2006-03-20 | Contact metallization scheme using a barrier layer over a silicide layer |
US11/385,484 Abandoned US20060251801A1 (en) | 2005-03-18 | 2006-03-20 | In-situ silicidation metallization process |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US20060252252A1 (en) |
TW (1) | TW200707640A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2006102180A2 (en) |
Cited By (185)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20070222066A1 (en) * | 2006-03-24 | 2007-09-27 | International Business Machines Corporation | Structure and method of forming electrodeposited contacts |
US20080001298A1 (en) * | 2006-06-28 | 2008-01-03 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Semiconductor device and method of fabricating the same |
US20080032472A1 (en) * | 2006-08-01 | 2008-02-07 | Chen-Hua Yu | Methods for improving uniformity of cap layers |
US20080079154A1 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2008-04-03 | Waseda University | Laminated structure, very-large-scale integrated circuit wiring board, and method of formation thereof |
US20080142971A1 (en) * | 2006-12-14 | 2008-06-19 | Lam Research Corporation | Interconnect structure and method of manufacturing a damascene structure |
US20080188165A1 (en) * | 2006-12-26 | 2008-08-07 | Fuji Electric Device Technology Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing disk-substrates for magnetic recording media, disk-substrates for magnetic recording media, method for manufacturing magnetic recording media, magnetic recording media, and magnetic recording device |
US20080233330A1 (en) * | 2007-03-19 | 2008-09-25 | Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. | Silicon substrate for magnetic recording media and method of fabricating the same |
US20080315422A1 (en) * | 2007-06-20 | 2008-12-25 | John Boyd | Methods and apparatuses for three dimensional integrated circuits |
US20090004851A1 (en) * | 2007-06-29 | 2009-01-01 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Salicidation process using electroless plating to deposit metal and introduce dopant impurities |
US20090087980A1 (en) * | 2007-09-29 | 2009-04-02 | Dordi Yezdi N | Methods of low-k dielectric and metal process integration |
US20090280643A1 (en) * | 2008-05-06 | 2009-11-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Optimal tungsten through wafer via and process of fabricating same |
US20090278237A1 (en) * | 2008-05-06 | 2009-11-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Through substrate via including variable sidewall profile |
US20100075496A1 (en) * | 2008-09-25 | 2010-03-25 | Enthone Inc. | Surface preparation process for damascene copper deposition |
US20100084766A1 (en) * | 2008-10-08 | 2010-04-08 | International Business Machines Corporation | Surface repair structure and process for interconnect applications |
US20100126872A1 (en) * | 2008-11-26 | 2010-05-27 | Enthone, Inc. | Electrodeposition of copper in microelectronics with dipyridyl-based levelers |
US7867900B2 (en) | 2007-09-28 | 2011-01-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Aluminum contact integration on cobalt silicide junction |
US20110287628A1 (en) * | 2010-05-20 | 2011-11-24 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Activation Treatments in Plating Processes |
US8137472B2 (en) * | 2008-10-27 | 2012-03-20 | United Microelectronics Corp. | Semiconductor process |
US8187970B2 (en) | 2001-07-25 | 2012-05-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Process for forming cobalt and cobalt silicide materials in tungsten contact applications |
US20130224511A1 (en) * | 2012-02-24 | 2013-08-29 | Artur Kolics | Methods and materials for anchoring gapfill metals |
US8551575B1 (en) * | 2008-09-08 | 2013-10-08 | Lam Research | Methods and solutions for preventing the formation of metal particulate defect matter upon a substrate after a plating process |
US8679983B2 (en) | 2011-09-01 | 2014-03-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective suppression of dry-etch rate of materials containing both silicon and nitrogen |
US8679982B2 (en) | 2011-08-26 | 2014-03-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective suppression of dry-etch rate of materials containing both silicon and oxygen |
US8765574B2 (en) | 2012-11-09 | 2014-07-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dry etch process |
US8771539B2 (en) | 2011-02-22 | 2014-07-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Remotely-excited fluorine and water vapor etch |
US20140199850A1 (en) * | 2012-11-30 | 2014-07-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dry-etch for selective oxidation removal |
US8801952B1 (en) | 2013-03-07 | 2014-08-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Conformal oxide dry etch |
US8808563B2 (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2014-08-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective etch of silicon by way of metastable hydrogen termination |
US8846163B2 (en) | 2004-02-26 | 2014-09-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method for removing oxides |
US8895449B1 (en) | 2013-05-16 | 2014-11-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Delicate dry clean |
US8921234B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2014-12-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective titanium nitride etching |
US8927390B2 (en) | 2011-09-26 | 2015-01-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Intrench profile |
US8951429B1 (en) | 2013-10-29 | 2015-02-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Tungsten oxide processing |
US8956980B1 (en) | 2013-09-16 | 2015-02-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective etch of silicon nitride |
US8969212B2 (en) | 2012-11-20 | 2015-03-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dry-etch selectivity |
US8975152B2 (en) | 2011-11-08 | 2015-03-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods of reducing substrate dislocation during gapfill processing |
US8980763B2 (en) | 2012-11-30 | 2015-03-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dry-etch for selective tungsten removal |
US8999856B2 (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2015-04-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for etch of sin films |
US9023734B2 (en) | 2012-09-18 | 2015-05-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Radical-component oxide etch |
US9023732B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-05-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Processing systems and methods for halide scavenging |
US9034770B2 (en) | 2012-09-17 | 2015-05-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Differential silicon oxide etch |
US20150140233A1 (en) * | 2013-11-18 | 2015-05-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for preferential growth of cobalt within substrate features |
US9040422B2 (en) | 2013-03-05 | 2015-05-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective titanium nitride removal |
US9064815B2 (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2015-06-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for etch of metal and metal-oxide films |
US9111877B2 (en) | 2012-12-18 | 2015-08-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Non-local plasma oxide etch |
US9114438B2 (en) | 2013-05-21 | 2015-08-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Copper residue chamber clean |
US9117855B2 (en) | 2013-12-04 | 2015-08-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Polarity control for remote plasma |
US9136273B1 (en) | 2014-03-21 | 2015-09-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Flash gate air gap |
US9132436B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2015-09-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chemical control features in wafer process equipment |
US9159606B1 (en) | 2014-07-31 | 2015-10-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Metal air gap |
US9165786B1 (en) | 2014-08-05 | 2015-10-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Integrated oxide and nitride recess for better channel contact in 3D architectures |
US9190293B2 (en) | 2013-12-18 | 2015-11-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Even tungsten etch for high aspect ratio trenches |
US20150354064A1 (en) * | 2014-06-05 | 2015-12-10 | Lam Research Corporation | Electroless plating with at least two borane reducing agents |
US9236266B2 (en) | 2011-08-01 | 2016-01-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dry-etch for silicon-and-carbon-containing films |
US9236265B2 (en) | 2013-11-04 | 2016-01-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Silicon germanium processing |
US9245762B2 (en) | 2013-12-02 | 2016-01-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Procedure for etch rate consistency |
US9263278B2 (en) | 2013-12-17 | 2016-02-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dopant etch selectivity control |
US9269590B2 (en) | 2014-04-07 | 2016-02-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Spacer formation |
US9287134B2 (en) | 2014-01-17 | 2016-03-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Titanium oxide etch |
US9287095B2 (en) | 2013-12-17 | 2016-03-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor system assemblies and methods of operation |
US9293568B2 (en) | 2014-01-27 | 2016-03-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method of fin patterning |
US9299538B2 (en) | 2014-03-20 | 2016-03-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Radial waveguide systems and methods for post-match control of microwaves |
US9299583B1 (en) | 2014-12-05 | 2016-03-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Aluminum oxide selective etch |
US9299537B2 (en) | 2014-03-20 | 2016-03-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Radial waveguide systems and methods for post-match control of microwaves |
US9299575B2 (en) | 2014-03-17 | 2016-03-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Gas-phase tungsten etch |
US9309598B2 (en) | 2014-05-28 | 2016-04-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Oxide and metal removal |
US9324576B2 (en) | 2010-05-27 | 2016-04-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective etch for silicon films |
US20160133563A1 (en) * | 2014-11-07 | 2016-05-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for thermally forming a selective cobalt layer |
US9343272B1 (en) | 2015-01-08 | 2016-05-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Self-aligned process |
US9349605B1 (en) | 2015-08-07 | 2016-05-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Oxide etch selectivity systems and methods |
US9355856B2 (en) | 2014-09-12 | 2016-05-31 | Applied Materials, Inc. | V trench dry etch |
US9355862B2 (en) | 2014-09-24 | 2016-05-31 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Fluorine-based hardmask removal |
US9362130B2 (en) | 2013-03-01 | 2016-06-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Enhanced etching processes using remote plasma sources |
US9368364B2 (en) | 2014-09-24 | 2016-06-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Silicon etch process with tunable selectivity to SiO2 and other materials |
US9373522B1 (en) | 2015-01-22 | 2016-06-21 | Applied Mateials, Inc. | Titanium nitride removal |
US9373517B2 (en) | 2012-08-02 | 2016-06-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing with DC assisted RF power for improved control |
US9378978B2 (en) | 2014-07-31 | 2016-06-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Integrated oxide recess and floating gate fin trimming |
US9378969B2 (en) | 2014-06-19 | 2016-06-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Low temperature gas-phase carbon removal |
US9385028B2 (en) | 2014-02-03 | 2016-07-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Air gap process |
US9390937B2 (en) | 2012-09-20 | 2016-07-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Silicon-carbon-nitride selective etch |
US9396989B2 (en) | 2014-01-27 | 2016-07-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Air gaps between copper lines |
US9406523B2 (en) | 2014-06-19 | 2016-08-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Highly selective doped oxide removal method |
US9425058B2 (en) | 2014-07-24 | 2016-08-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Simplified litho-etch-litho-etch process |
US9449846B2 (en) | 2015-01-28 | 2016-09-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Vertical gate separation |
US9472417B2 (en) | 2013-11-12 | 2016-10-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Plasma-free metal etch |
US9478432B2 (en) | 2014-09-25 | 2016-10-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Silicon oxide selective removal |
US9493879B2 (en) | 2013-07-12 | 2016-11-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective sputtering for pattern transfer |
US9496167B2 (en) | 2014-07-31 | 2016-11-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Integrated bit-line airgap formation and gate stack post clean |
US9502258B2 (en) | 2014-12-23 | 2016-11-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Anisotropic gap etch |
US9499898B2 (en) | 2014-03-03 | 2016-11-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Layered thin film heater and method of fabrication |
US20160348246A1 (en) * | 2014-02-21 | 2016-12-01 | Atotech Deutschland Gmbh | Pre-treatment process for electroless plating |
US9553102B2 (en) | 2014-08-19 | 2017-01-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Tungsten separation |
US9576809B2 (en) | 2013-11-04 | 2017-02-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Etch suppression with germanium |
US9659753B2 (en) | 2014-08-07 | 2017-05-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Grooved insulator to reduce leakage current |
US9691645B2 (en) | 2015-08-06 | 2017-06-27 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Bolted wafer chuck thermal management systems and methods for wafer processing systems |
US9721789B1 (en) | 2016-10-04 | 2017-08-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Saving ion-damaged spacers |
US9728437B2 (en) | 2015-02-03 | 2017-08-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | High temperature chuck for plasma processing systems |
US9741593B2 (en) | 2015-08-06 | 2017-08-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Thermal management systems and methods for wafer processing systems |
US9768063B1 (en) * | 2016-06-30 | 2017-09-19 | Lam Research Corporation | Dual damascene fill |
US9768034B1 (en) | 2016-11-11 | 2017-09-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Removal methods for high aspect ratio structures |
US9773648B2 (en) | 2013-08-30 | 2017-09-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dual discharge modes operation for remote plasma |
US9799552B2 (en) * | 2015-06-25 | 2017-10-24 | International Business Machines Corporation | Low resistance metal contacts to interconnects |
US9847289B2 (en) | 2014-05-30 | 2017-12-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Protective via cap for improved interconnect performance |
US9865484B1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2018-01-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective etch using material modification and RF pulsing |
US9881805B2 (en) | 2015-03-02 | 2018-01-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Silicon selective removal |
US9885117B2 (en) | 2014-03-31 | 2018-02-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Conditioned semiconductor system parts |
WO2018035120A1 (en) * | 2016-08-16 | 2018-02-22 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Method of metal filling recessed features in a substrate |
US9934942B1 (en) | 2016-10-04 | 2018-04-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chamber with flow-through source |
US9947549B1 (en) | 2016-10-10 | 2018-04-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Cobalt-containing material removal |
US10026621B2 (en) | 2016-11-14 | 2018-07-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | SiN spacer profile patterning |
US10043674B1 (en) | 2017-08-04 | 2018-08-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Germanium etching systems and methods |
US10043684B1 (en) | 2017-02-06 | 2018-08-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Self-limiting atomic thermal etching systems and methods |
US10049891B1 (en) | 2017-05-31 | 2018-08-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective in situ cobalt residue removal |
US10062579B2 (en) | 2016-10-07 | 2018-08-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective SiN lateral recess |
US10062585B2 (en) | 2016-10-04 | 2018-08-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Oxygen compatible plasma source |
US10062575B2 (en) | 2016-09-09 | 2018-08-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Poly directional etch by oxidation |
US10062587B2 (en) | 2012-07-18 | 2018-08-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Pedestal with multi-zone temperature control and multiple purge capabilities |
US10094023B2 (en) | 2014-08-01 | 2018-10-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for chemical vapor deposition of a cobalt layer |
US10128086B1 (en) | 2017-10-24 | 2018-11-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Silicon pretreatment for nitride removal |
US20180331044A1 (en) * | 2017-05-12 | 2018-11-15 | United Microelectronics Corp. | Semiconductor device and fabrication method thereof |
US10163696B2 (en) | 2016-11-11 | 2018-12-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective cobalt removal for bottom up gapfill |
US10170282B2 (en) | 2013-03-08 | 2019-01-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Insulated semiconductor faceplate designs |
US10170336B1 (en) | 2017-08-04 | 2019-01-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for anisotropic control of selective silicon removal |
US10224210B2 (en) | 2014-12-09 | 2019-03-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Plasma processing system with direct outlet toroidal plasma source |
US10221496B2 (en) | 2008-11-26 | 2019-03-05 | Macdermid Enthone Inc. | Copper filling of through silicon vias |
US10242908B2 (en) | 2016-11-14 | 2019-03-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Airgap formation with damage-free copper |
US10256112B1 (en) | 2017-12-08 | 2019-04-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective tungsten removal |
US10256079B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2019-04-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing systems having multiple plasma configurations |
US10283321B2 (en) | 2011-01-18 | 2019-05-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing system and methods using capacitively coupled plasma |
US10283324B1 (en) | 2017-10-24 | 2019-05-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Oxygen treatment for nitride etching |
US10297458B2 (en) | 2017-08-07 | 2019-05-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Process window widening using coated parts in plasma etch processes |
US10319649B2 (en) | 2017-04-11 | 2019-06-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Optical emission spectroscopy (OES) for remote plasma monitoring |
US10319739B2 (en) | 2017-02-08 | 2019-06-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Accommodating imperfectly aligned memory holes |
US10319600B1 (en) | 2018-03-12 | 2019-06-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Thermal silicon etch |
US10354889B2 (en) | 2017-07-17 | 2019-07-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Non-halogen etching of silicon-containing materials |
US10403507B2 (en) | 2017-02-03 | 2019-09-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Shaped etch profile with oxidation |
US10431429B2 (en) | 2017-02-03 | 2019-10-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for radial and azimuthal control of plasma uniformity |
US10468267B2 (en) | 2017-05-31 | 2019-11-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Water-free etching methods |
US10490418B2 (en) | 2014-10-14 | 2019-11-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for internal surface conditioning assessment in plasma processing equipment |
US10490406B2 (en) | 2018-04-10 | 2019-11-26 | Appled Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for material breakthrough |
US10497573B2 (en) | 2018-03-13 | 2019-12-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective atomic layer etching of semiconductor materials |
US10504700B2 (en) | 2015-08-27 | 2019-12-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Plasma etching systems and methods with secondary plasma injection |
US10504754B2 (en) | 2016-05-19 | 2019-12-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for improved semiconductor etching and component protection |
US10522371B2 (en) | 2016-05-19 | 2019-12-31 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for improved semiconductor etching and component protection |
US10541246B2 (en) | 2017-06-26 | 2020-01-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | 3D flash memory cells which discourage cross-cell electrical tunneling |
US10541184B2 (en) | 2017-07-11 | 2020-01-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Optical emission spectroscopic techniques for monitoring etching |
US10546729B2 (en) | 2016-10-04 | 2020-01-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dual-channel showerhead with improved profile |
US10566206B2 (en) | 2016-12-27 | 2020-02-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for anisotropic material breakthrough |
US10573496B2 (en) | 2014-12-09 | 2020-02-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Direct outlet toroidal plasma source |
US10573527B2 (en) | 2018-04-06 | 2020-02-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Gas-phase selective etching systems and methods |
US10593560B2 (en) | 2018-03-01 | 2020-03-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Magnetic induction plasma source for semiconductor processes and equipment |
US10593523B2 (en) | 2014-10-14 | 2020-03-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for internal surface conditioning in plasma processing equipment |
US10615047B2 (en) | 2018-02-28 | 2020-04-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods to form airgaps |
US10629473B2 (en) | 2016-09-09 | 2020-04-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Footing removal for nitride spacer |
US10672642B2 (en) | 2018-07-24 | 2020-06-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for pedestal configuration |
US10679870B2 (en) | 2018-02-15 | 2020-06-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing chamber multistage mixing apparatus |
US10699879B2 (en) | 2018-04-17 | 2020-06-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Two piece electrode assembly with gap for plasma control |
US10727080B2 (en) | 2017-07-07 | 2020-07-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Tantalum-containing material removal |
US10755941B2 (en) | 2018-07-06 | 2020-08-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Self-limiting selective etching systems and methods |
US20200343135A1 (en) * | 2019-04-23 | 2020-10-29 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Phase Control in Contact Formation |
US10854426B2 (en) | 2018-01-08 | 2020-12-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Metal recess for semiconductor structures |
US10872778B2 (en) | 2018-07-06 | 2020-12-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods utilizing solid-phase etchants |
US10886137B2 (en) | 2018-04-30 | 2021-01-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective nitride removal |
US10892198B2 (en) | 2018-09-14 | 2021-01-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for improved performance in semiconductor processing |
US10903054B2 (en) | 2017-12-19 | 2021-01-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Multi-zone gas distribution systems and methods |
US10920319B2 (en) | 2019-01-11 | 2021-02-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Ceramic showerheads with conductive electrodes |
US10920320B2 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2021-02-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Plasma health determination in semiconductor substrate processing reactors |
US10943834B2 (en) | 2017-03-13 | 2021-03-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Replacement contact process |
US10964512B2 (en) | 2018-02-15 | 2021-03-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing chamber multistage mixing apparatus and methods |
US11049755B2 (en) | 2018-09-14 | 2021-06-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor substrate supports with embedded RF shield |
US11062887B2 (en) | 2018-09-17 | 2021-07-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | High temperature RF heater pedestals |
US11121002B2 (en) | 2018-10-24 | 2021-09-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for etching metals and metal derivatives |
US11239061B2 (en) | 2014-11-26 | 2022-02-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods and systems to enhance process uniformity |
US20220051984A1 (en) * | 2020-08-14 | 2022-02-17 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Reduced resistivity for access lines in a memory array |
US11257693B2 (en) | 2015-01-09 | 2022-02-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods and systems to improve pedestal temperature control |
US11276559B2 (en) | 2017-05-17 | 2022-03-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing chamber for multiple precursor flow |
US11276590B2 (en) | 2017-05-17 | 2022-03-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Multi-zone semiconductor substrate supports |
US11328909B2 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2022-05-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chamber conditioning and removal processes |
US11387112B2 (en) * | 2018-10-04 | 2022-07-12 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Surface processing method and processing system |
US11417534B2 (en) | 2018-09-21 | 2022-08-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective material removal |
US11437242B2 (en) | 2018-11-27 | 2022-09-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective removal of silicon-containing materials |
US11594428B2 (en) | 2015-02-03 | 2023-02-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Low temperature chuck for plasma processing systems |
US11682560B2 (en) | 2018-10-11 | 2023-06-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for hafnium-containing film removal |
US11721527B2 (en) | 2019-01-07 | 2023-08-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Processing chamber mixing systems |
US12148597B2 (en) | 2023-02-13 | 2024-11-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Multi-zone gas distribution systems and methods |
Families Citing this family (67)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20040224504A1 (en) * | 2000-06-23 | 2004-11-11 | Gadgil Prasad N. | Apparatus and method for plasma enhanced monolayer processing |
US20060246217A1 (en) * | 2005-03-18 | 2006-11-02 | Weidman Timothy W | Electroless deposition process on a silicide contact |
KR100637690B1 (en) * | 2005-04-25 | 2006-10-24 | 주식회사 하이닉스반도체 | Semiconductor device using solid phase epitaxy and method for manufacturing the same |
JP4236201B2 (en) * | 2005-08-30 | 2009-03-11 | 富士通マイクロエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Manufacturing method of semiconductor device |
KR100750194B1 (en) * | 2006-07-06 | 2007-08-17 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method of maunfacturing ohmic contact layer and method of maunfacturing metal wire of semconductor device using the same |
JP4634977B2 (en) * | 2006-08-15 | 2011-02-16 | Okiセミコンダクタ株式会社 | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method of semiconductor device |
US20080050871A1 (en) * | 2006-08-25 | 2008-02-28 | Stocks Richard L | Methods for removing material from one layer of a semiconductor device structure while protecting another material layer and corresponding semiconductor device structures |
US8916232B2 (en) * | 2006-08-30 | 2014-12-23 | Lam Research Corporation | Method for barrier interface preparation of copper interconnect |
TWI312578B (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2009-07-21 | Innolux Display Corp | Thin film transistor substrate |
US9087877B2 (en) * | 2006-10-24 | 2015-07-21 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Low-k interconnect structures with reduced RC delay |
DE102006056626A1 (en) * | 2006-11-30 | 2008-06-05 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., Sunnyvale | Conductive barrier layer producing method for manufacturing integrated circuit, involves depositing layer on exposed surfaces by self-restricted deposition technique, and providing surface with characteristics at reduced deposition rate |
US7482270B2 (en) * | 2006-12-05 | 2009-01-27 | International Business Machines Corporation | Fully and uniformly silicided gate structure and method for forming same |
US20090085131A1 (en) * | 2007-09-28 | 2009-04-02 | Nec Electronics Corporation | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof |
WO2009078254A1 (en) * | 2007-12-17 | 2009-06-25 | Nippon Mining & Metals Co., Ltd. | Substrate and method for manufacturing the same |
US20090218692A1 (en) * | 2008-02-29 | 2009-09-03 | Roland Hampp | Barrier for Copper Integration in the FEOL |
US20090289370A1 (en) * | 2008-05-21 | 2009-11-26 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Low contact resistance semiconductor devices and methods for fabricating the same |
WO2010016390A1 (en) * | 2008-08-06 | 2010-02-11 | 日立化成工業株式会社 | Polishing solution for cmp, and method for polishing substrate using the polishing solution for cmp |
US8278220B2 (en) * | 2008-08-08 | 2012-10-02 | Fei Company | Method to direct pattern metals on a substrate |
KR101029107B1 (en) * | 2008-08-29 | 2011-04-13 | 주식회사 하이닉스반도체 | Metal wiring of semiconductor device and method for forming the same |
US20100276764A1 (en) * | 2009-05-04 | 2010-11-04 | Yi-Jen Lo | Semiconductor structure with selectively deposited tungsten film and method for making the same |
TWI454562B (en) | 2009-07-16 | 2014-10-01 | Hitachi Chemical Co Ltd | Cmp polishing agent for polishing palladium and polishing method |
EP2290128B1 (en) * | 2009-08-25 | 2013-10-02 | Rohm and Haas Electronic Materials, L.L.C. | Enhanced method of forming nickel silicides |
TWI502696B (en) * | 2010-02-06 | 2015-10-01 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Bonding structure and method of fabricating the same |
US9214352B2 (en) | 2010-02-11 | 2015-12-15 | Cree, Inc. | Ohmic contact to semiconductor device |
US9548206B2 (en) | 2010-02-11 | 2017-01-17 | Cree, Inc. | Ohmic contact structure for group III nitride semiconductor device having improved surface morphology and well-defined edge features |
US8563372B2 (en) * | 2010-02-11 | 2013-10-22 | Cree, Inc. | Methods of forming contact structures including alternating metal and silicon layers and related devices |
US20120141667A1 (en) * | 2010-07-16 | 2012-06-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for forming barrier/seed layers for copper interconnect structures |
US9190325B2 (en) * | 2010-09-30 | 2015-11-17 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | TSV formation |
US8524629B2 (en) | 2010-12-16 | 2013-09-03 | Energia Technologies, Inc. | Catalysts |
US9315736B2 (en) | 2010-12-16 | 2016-04-19 | Energia Technologies, Inc. | Methods of fuel production |
US8461683B2 (en) * | 2011-04-01 | 2013-06-11 | Intel Corporation | Self-forming, self-aligned barriers for back-end interconnects and methods of making same |
KR101800892B1 (en) * | 2011-04-28 | 2017-11-24 | 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 | Thin film transistor array substrate |
US8809962B2 (en) * | 2011-08-26 | 2014-08-19 | Globalfoundries Inc. | Transistor with reduced parasitic capacitance |
US8492897B2 (en) * | 2011-09-14 | 2013-07-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Microstructure modification in copper interconnect structures |
WO2013050332A2 (en) * | 2011-10-05 | 2013-04-11 | Atotech Deutschland Gmbh | Formaldehyde-free electroless copper plating solution |
FI2823079T3 (en) | 2012-02-23 | 2023-05-04 | Treadstone Tech Inc | Corrosion resistant and electrically conductive surface of metal |
US20130299990A1 (en) * | 2012-05-14 | 2013-11-14 | United Microelectronics Corp. | Single metal damascene structure and method of forming the same |
US8835248B2 (en) | 2012-05-24 | 2014-09-16 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Method for forming metal wire |
US9136170B2 (en) * | 2012-05-30 | 2015-09-15 | United Microelectronics Corp. | Through silicon via (TSV) structure and process thereof |
KR101976450B1 (en) * | 2012-10-19 | 2019-05-09 | 엘지이노텍 주식회사 | Light emitting device and light emitting device package |
FR3002545B1 (en) * | 2013-02-22 | 2016-01-08 | Alchimer | PROCESS FOR FORMING A METAL SILICIDE USING A SOLUTION CONTAINING GOLD IONS AND FLUOR IONS |
US9765429B2 (en) | 2013-09-04 | 2017-09-19 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Growing films via sequential liquid/vapor phases |
US9803283B1 (en) * | 2013-10-18 | 2017-10-31 | Hrl Laboratories, Llc | Method of electroless deposition of aluminum or aluminum alloy, an electroless plating composition, and an article including the same |
US9691898B2 (en) | 2013-12-19 | 2017-06-27 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Germanium profile for channel strain |
TW201545895A (en) | 2014-01-08 | 2015-12-16 | Applied Materials Inc | Cobalt manganese vapor phase deposition |
US10163644B2 (en) | 2014-02-07 | 2018-12-25 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company | Interconnect structure including a conductive feature and a barrier layer on sidewalls and a bottom surface of the conductive feature and method of forming the same |
US9287398B2 (en) | 2014-02-14 | 2016-03-15 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Transistor strain-inducing scheme |
US10079174B2 (en) | 2014-04-30 | 2018-09-18 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Composite contact plug structure and method of making same |
US20150325477A1 (en) * | 2014-05-09 | 2015-11-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Super conformal metal plating from complexed electrolytes |
US9620601B2 (en) | 2014-07-01 | 2017-04-11 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Contact structures and methods of forming the same |
US9385080B2 (en) * | 2014-08-15 | 2016-07-05 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Interconnect structure and method of forming the same |
EP3067439B1 (en) | 2015-03-13 | 2018-05-09 | IMEC vzw | Electroless metal deposition on a Mn or MnNx barrier |
US20160276156A1 (en) * | 2015-03-16 | 2016-09-22 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Ltd. | Semiconductor device and manufacturing process thereof |
JP6411279B2 (en) * | 2015-05-11 | 2018-10-24 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Plating process and storage medium |
WO2017070634A1 (en) * | 2015-10-23 | 2017-04-27 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for spatial metal atomic layer deposition |
US10727070B2 (en) * | 2016-03-21 | 2020-07-28 | International Business Machines Corporation | Liner-less contact metallization |
US20170271512A1 (en) * | 2016-03-21 | 2017-09-21 | International Business Machines Corporation | Liner-less contact metallization |
US10042192B2 (en) * | 2016-11-28 | 2018-08-07 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | Electro-absorption modulator with local temperature control |
US10283372B2 (en) * | 2017-09-15 | 2019-05-07 | Globalfoundries Inc. | Interconnects formed by a metal replacement process |
US10366919B2 (en) * | 2017-09-20 | 2019-07-30 | Globalfoundries Inc. | Fully aligned via in ground rule region |
JP2021503560A (en) * | 2017-11-20 | 2021-02-12 | ビーエイエスエフ・ソシエタス・エウロパエアBasf Se | Cobalt electroplating composition containing a leveling agent |
US11004794B2 (en) | 2018-06-27 | 2021-05-11 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Partial barrier free vias for cobalt-based interconnects and methods of fabrication thereof |
DE102018131694A1 (en) * | 2018-09-28 | 2020-04-02 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | SELECTIVE DEPOSITION OF A METAL BARRIER IN DAMASCENE PROCESSES |
JP7375009B2 (en) | 2018-11-06 | 2023-11-07 | アトテック ドイチュラント ゲー・エム・ベー・ハー ウント コー. カー・ゲー | Electroless nickel plating solution |
EP3899107A1 (en) * | 2018-12-21 | 2021-10-27 | Basf Se | Composition for cobalt plating comprising additive for void-free submicron feature filling |
FR3109840B1 (en) * | 2020-04-29 | 2022-05-13 | Aveni | Method of metallization of a semiconductor substrate, electrolyte and method of manufacturing 3D-NAND |
US12027419B2 (en) * | 2020-06-25 | 2024-07-02 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited | Semiconductor device including liner structure |
Citations (95)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2369620A (en) * | 1941-03-07 | 1945-02-13 | Battelle Development Corp | Method of coating cupreous metal with tin |
US3745039A (en) * | 1971-10-28 | 1973-07-10 | Rca Corp | Electroless cobalt plating bath and process |
US3937857A (en) * | 1974-07-22 | 1976-02-10 | Amp Incorporated | Catalyst for electroless deposition of metals |
US4006047A (en) * | 1974-07-22 | 1977-02-01 | Amp Incorporated | Catalysts for electroless deposition of metals on comparatively low-temperature polyolefin and polyester substrates |
US4150177A (en) * | 1976-03-31 | 1979-04-17 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Method for selectively nickeling a layer of polymerized polyester resin |
US4265943A (en) * | 1978-11-27 | 1981-05-05 | Macdermid Incorporated | Method and composition for continuous electroless copper deposition using a hypophosphite reducing agent in the presence of cobalt or nickel ions |
US4368223A (en) * | 1981-06-01 | 1983-01-11 | Asahi Glass Company, Ltd. | Process for preparing nickel layer |
US4397812A (en) * | 1974-05-24 | 1983-08-09 | Richardson Chemical Company | Electroless nickel polyalloys |
US4424241A (en) * | 1982-09-27 | 1984-01-03 | Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated | Electroless palladium process |
US4717591A (en) * | 1983-06-30 | 1988-01-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | Prevention of mechanical and electronic failures in heat-treated structures |
US4795660A (en) * | 1985-05-10 | 1989-01-03 | Akzo N.V. | Metallized polymer compositions, processes for their preparation and their uses |
US4810520A (en) * | 1987-09-23 | 1989-03-07 | Magnetic Peripherals Inc. | Method for controlling electroless magnetic plating |
US5102456A (en) * | 1989-04-28 | 1992-04-07 | International Business Machines Corporation | Tetra aza ligand systems as complexing agents for electroless deposition of copper |
US5141626A (en) * | 1989-11-30 | 1992-08-25 | Daido Metal Company Ltd. | Method of and apparatus for surface treatment for half bearings |
US5200048A (en) * | 1989-11-30 | 1993-04-06 | Daido Metal Company Ltd. | Electroplating apparatus for plating half bearings |
US5203911A (en) * | 1991-06-24 | 1993-04-20 | Shipley Company Inc. | Controlled electroless plating |
US5212138A (en) * | 1991-09-23 | 1993-05-18 | Applied Electroless Concepts Inc. | Low corrosivity catalyst for activation of copper for electroless nickel plating |
US5235139A (en) * | 1990-09-12 | 1993-08-10 | Macdermid, Incorprated | Method for fabricating printed circuits |
US5234628A (en) * | 1988-11-24 | 1993-08-10 | Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien | Paste-form, low-foaming non-phosphate detergent |
US5380560A (en) * | 1992-07-28 | 1995-01-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Palladium sulfate solution for the selective seeding of the metal interconnections on polyimide dielectrics for electroless metal deposition |
US5384284A (en) * | 1993-10-01 | 1995-01-24 | Micron Semiconductor, Inc. | Method to form a low resistant bond pad interconnect |
US5415890A (en) * | 1994-01-03 | 1995-05-16 | Eaton Corporation | Modular apparatus and method for surface treatment of parts with liquid baths |
US5510216A (en) * | 1993-08-25 | 1996-04-23 | Shipley Company Inc. | Selective metallization process |
US5614003A (en) * | 1996-02-26 | 1997-03-25 | Mallory, Jr.; Glenn O. | Method for producing electroless polyalloys |
US5648125A (en) * | 1995-11-16 | 1997-07-15 | Cane; Frank N. | Electroless plating process for the manufacture of printed circuit boards |
US5733816A (en) * | 1995-12-13 | 1998-03-31 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method for depositing a tungsten layer on silicon |
US5755859A (en) * | 1995-08-24 | 1998-05-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Cobalt-tin alloys and their applications for devices, chip interconnections and packaging |
US5882433A (en) * | 1995-05-23 | 1999-03-16 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Spin cleaning method |
US5885749A (en) * | 1997-06-20 | 1999-03-23 | Clear Logic, Inc. | Method of customizing integrated circuits by selective secondary deposition of layer interconnect material |
US5891513A (en) * | 1996-01-16 | 1999-04-06 | Cornell Research Foundation | Electroless CU deposition on a barrier layer by CU contact displacement for ULSI applications |
US5904827A (en) * | 1996-10-15 | 1999-05-18 | Reynolds Tech Fabricators, Inc. | Plating cell with rotary wiper and megasonic transducer |
US5907790A (en) * | 1993-07-15 | 1999-05-25 | Astarix Inc. | Aluminum-palladium alloy for initiation of electroless plating |
US5910340A (en) * | 1995-10-23 | 1999-06-08 | C. Uyemura & Co., Ltd. | Electroless nickel plating solution and method |
US5913147A (en) * | 1997-01-21 | 1999-06-15 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method for fabricating copper-aluminum metallization |
US6010962A (en) * | 1999-02-12 | 2000-01-04 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company | Copper chemical-mechanical-polishing (CMP) dishing |
US6015747A (en) * | 1998-12-07 | 2000-01-18 | Advanced Micro Device | Method of metal/polysilicon gate formation in a field effect transistor |
US6015724A (en) * | 1995-11-02 | 2000-01-18 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co. | Manufacturing method of a semiconductor device |
US6065424A (en) * | 1995-12-19 | 2000-05-23 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Electroless deposition of metal films with spray processor |
US6077780A (en) * | 1997-12-03 | 2000-06-20 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method for filling high aspect ratio openings of an integrated circuit to minimize electromigration failure |
US6171661B1 (en) * | 1998-02-25 | 2001-01-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Deposition of copper with increased adhesion |
US6174812B1 (en) * | 1999-06-08 | 2001-01-16 | United Microelectronics Corp. | Copper damascene technology for ultra large scale integration circuits |
US6180523B1 (en) * | 1998-10-13 | 2001-01-30 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Copper metallization of USLI by electroless process |
US6197181B1 (en) * | 1998-03-20 | 2001-03-06 | Semitool, Inc. | Apparatus and method for electrolytically depositing a metal on a microelectronic workpiece |
US6197688B1 (en) * | 1998-02-12 | 2001-03-06 | Motorola Inc. | Interconnect structure in a semiconductor device and method of formation |
US6197364B1 (en) * | 1995-08-22 | 2001-03-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | Production of electroless Co(P) with designed coercivity |
US6228233B1 (en) * | 1998-11-30 | 2001-05-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Inflatable compliant bladder assembly |
US6242349B1 (en) * | 1998-12-09 | 2001-06-05 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method of forming copper/copper alloy interconnection with reduced electromigration |
US6245670B1 (en) * | 1999-02-19 | 2001-06-12 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method for filling a dual damascene opening having high aspect ratio to minimize electromigration failure |
US6251236B1 (en) * | 1998-11-30 | 2001-06-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Cathode contact ring for electrochemical deposition |
US6258220B1 (en) * | 1998-11-30 | 2001-07-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electro-chemical deposition system |
US6258270B1 (en) * | 1997-01-07 | 2001-07-10 | Gkss-Forschungszentrum Geesthacht Gmbh | Filtration apparatus having channeled flow guide elements |
US6258707B1 (en) * | 1999-01-07 | 2001-07-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Triple damascence tungsten-copper interconnect structure |
US6258223B1 (en) * | 1999-07-09 | 2001-07-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | In-situ electroless copper seed layer enhancement in an electroplating system |
US6261637B1 (en) * | 1995-12-15 | 2001-07-17 | Enthone-Omi, Inc. | Use of palladium immersion deposition to selectively initiate electroless plating on Ti and W alloys for wafer fabrication |
US6342733B1 (en) * | 1999-07-27 | 2002-01-29 | International Business Machines Corporation | Reduced electromigration and stressed induced migration of Cu wires by surface coating |
US6344410B1 (en) * | 1999-03-30 | 2002-02-05 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Manufacturing method for semiconductor metalization barrier |
US6344125B1 (en) * | 2000-04-06 | 2002-02-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | Pattern-sensitive electrolytic metal plating |
US20020019127A1 (en) * | 1997-02-14 | 2002-02-14 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Interconnect structure and method of making |
US6350364B1 (en) * | 2000-02-18 | 2002-02-26 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company | Method for improvement of planarity of electroplated copper |
US6416647B1 (en) * | 1998-04-21 | 2002-07-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electro-chemical deposition cell for face-up processing of single semiconductor substrates |
US20020098711A1 (en) * | 2000-08-31 | 2002-07-25 | Klein Rita J. | Electroless deposition of doped noble metals and noble metal alloys |
US6503834B1 (en) * | 2000-10-03 | 2003-01-07 | International Business Machines Corp. | Process to increase reliability CuBEOL structures |
US20030010645A1 (en) * | 2001-06-14 | 2003-01-16 | Mattson Technology, Inc. | Barrier enhancement process for copper interconnects |
US6516815B1 (en) * | 1999-07-09 | 2003-02-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Edge bead removal/spin rinse dry (EBR/SRD) module |
US6517894B1 (en) * | 1998-04-30 | 2003-02-11 | Ebara Corporation | Method for plating a first layer on a substrate and a second layer on the first layer |
US6528409B1 (en) * | 2002-04-29 | 2003-03-04 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Interconnect structure formed in porous dielectric material with minimized degradation and electromigration |
US6544399B1 (en) * | 1999-01-11 | 2003-04-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electrodeposition chemistry for filling apertures with reflective metal |
US6551483B1 (en) * | 2000-02-29 | 2003-04-22 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Method for potential controlled electroplating of fine patterns on semiconductor wafers |
US20030075808A1 (en) * | 2001-08-13 | 2003-04-24 | Hiroaki Inoue | Semiconductor device, method for manufacturing the same, and plating solution |
US6565729B2 (en) * | 1998-03-20 | 2003-05-20 | Semitool, Inc. | Method for electrochemically depositing metal on a semiconductor workpiece |
US6573606B2 (en) * | 2001-06-14 | 2003-06-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Chip to wiring interface with single metal alloy layer applied to surface of copper interconnect |
US20030113576A1 (en) * | 2001-12-19 | 2003-06-19 | Intel Corporation | Electroless plating bath composition and method of using |
US20030116439A1 (en) * | 2001-12-21 | 2003-06-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method for forming encapsulated metal interconnect structures in semiconductor integrated circuit devices |
US6588437B1 (en) * | 1999-11-15 | 2003-07-08 | Agere Systems Inc. | System and method for removal of material |
US20030141018A1 (en) * | 2002-01-28 | 2003-07-31 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electroless deposition apparatus |
US6680540B2 (en) * | 2000-03-08 | 2004-01-20 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Semiconductor device having cobalt alloy film with boron |
US6709563B2 (en) * | 2000-06-30 | 2004-03-23 | Ebara Corporation | Copper-plating liquid, plating method and plating apparatus |
US6717189B2 (en) * | 2001-06-01 | 2004-04-06 | Ebara Corporation | Electroless plating liquid and semiconductor device |
US20040065540A1 (en) * | 2002-06-28 | 2004-04-08 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Liquid treatment using thin liquid layer |
US20040072419A1 (en) * | 2002-01-10 | 2004-04-15 | Rajesh Baskaran | Method for applying metal features onto barrier layers using electrochemical deposition |
US20040096592A1 (en) * | 2002-11-19 | 2004-05-20 | Chebiam Ramanan V. | Electroless cobalt plating solution and plating techniques |
US6743473B1 (en) * | 2000-02-16 | 2004-06-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chemical vapor deposition of barriers from novel precursors |
US20040105934A1 (en) * | 2002-06-04 | 2004-06-03 | Mei Chang | Ruthenium layer formation for copper film deposition |
US20040113277A1 (en) * | 2002-12-11 | 2004-06-17 | Chiras Stefanie Ruth | Formation of aligned capped metal lines and interconnections in multilevel semiconductor structures |
US6756682B2 (en) * | 2002-05-29 | 2004-06-29 | Micron Technology, Inc. | High aspect ratio fill method and resulting structure |
US20050006245A1 (en) * | 2003-07-08 | 2005-01-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Multiple-step electrodeposition process for direct copper plating on barrier metals |
US6852618B2 (en) * | 2001-04-19 | 2005-02-08 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Combined barrier layer and seed layer |
US6881671B2 (en) * | 2000-08-14 | 2005-04-19 | Ipu, Instituttet For Produktudvikling | Process for depositing metal contacts on a buried grid solar cell and solar cell obtained by the process |
US20050090098A1 (en) * | 2003-10-27 | 2005-04-28 | Dubin Valery M. | Method for making a semiconductor device having increased conductive material reliability |
US20050118807A1 (en) * | 2003-11-28 | 2005-06-02 | Hyungiun Kim | Ald deposition of ruthenium |
US20050124154A1 (en) * | 2001-12-28 | 2005-06-09 | Hyung-Sang Park | Method of forming copper interconnections for semiconductor integrated circuits on a substrate |
US20050136185A1 (en) * | 2002-10-30 | 2005-06-23 | Sivakami Ramanathan | Post rinse to improve selective deposition of electroless cobalt on copper for ULSI application |
US7071018B2 (en) * | 2001-06-19 | 2006-07-04 | Bp Solar Limited | Process for manufacturing a solar cell |
US20080110491A1 (en) * | 2006-03-18 | 2008-05-15 | Solyndra, Inc., | Monolithic integration of non-planar solar cells |
US20080121276A1 (en) * | 2006-11-29 | 2008-05-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective electroless deposition for solar cells |
Family Cites Families (63)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3403035A (en) | 1964-06-24 | 1968-09-24 | Process Res Company | Process for stabilizing autocatalytic metal plating solutions |
US4232060A (en) | 1979-01-22 | 1980-11-04 | Richardson Chemical Company | Method of preparing substrate surface for electroless plating and products produced thereby |
JPS5151908A (en) | 1974-11-01 | 1976-05-07 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | |
DE2754652A1 (en) * | 1977-12-08 | 1979-06-13 | Ibm Deutschland | METHOD FOR PRODUCING SILICON PHOTO ELEMENTS |
US4234628A (en) | 1978-11-28 | 1980-11-18 | The Harshaw Chemical Company | Two-step preplate system for polymeric surfaces |
US4297393A (en) | 1980-02-28 | 1981-10-27 | Rca Corporation | Method of applying thin metal deposits to a substrate |
IT1130955B (en) | 1980-03-11 | 1986-06-18 | Oronzio De Nora Impianti | PROCEDURE FOR THE FORMATION OF ELECTROCES ON THE SURFACES OF SEMI-PERMEABLE MEMBRANES AND ELECTRODE-MEMBRANE SYSTEMS SO PRODUCED |
US5322976A (en) | 1987-02-24 | 1994-06-21 | Polyonics Corporation | Process for forming polyimide-metal laminates |
US5169680A (en) | 1987-05-07 | 1992-12-08 | Intel Corporation | Electroless deposition for IC fabrication |
US4808259A (en) | 1988-01-25 | 1989-02-28 | Intel Corporation | Plasma etching process for MOS circuit pregate etching utiliizing a multi-step power reduction recipe |
US5965211A (en) * | 1989-12-29 | 1999-10-12 | Nippondenso Co., Ltd. | Electroless copper plating solution and process for formation of copper film |
US5627345A (en) | 1991-10-24 | 1997-05-06 | Kawasaki Steel Corporation | Multilevel interconnect structure |
US5739579A (en) | 1992-06-29 | 1998-04-14 | Intel Corporation | Method for forming interconnections for semiconductor fabrication and semiconductor device having such interconnections |
US5644166A (en) | 1995-07-17 | 1997-07-01 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Sacrificial CVD germanium layer for formation of high aspect ratio submicron VLSI contacts |
US5783495A (en) | 1995-11-13 | 1998-07-21 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method of wafer cleaning, and system and cleaning solution regarding same |
US5846598A (en) | 1995-11-30 | 1998-12-08 | International Business Machines Corporation | Electroless plating of metallic features on nonmetallic or semiconductor layer without extraneous plating |
US5674787A (en) | 1996-01-16 | 1997-10-07 | Sematech, Inc. | Selective electroless copper deposited interconnect plugs for ULSI applications |
US5824599A (en) | 1996-01-16 | 1998-10-20 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Protected encapsulation of catalytic layer for electroless copper interconnect |
US5830805A (en) | 1996-11-18 | 1998-11-03 | Cornell Research Foundation | Electroless deposition equipment or apparatus and method of performing electroless deposition |
US5695810A (en) | 1996-11-20 | 1997-12-09 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Use of cobalt tungsten phosphide as a barrier material for copper metallization |
US5843538A (en) | 1996-12-09 | 1998-12-01 | John L. Raymond | Method for electroless nickel plating of metal substrates |
US5969422A (en) | 1997-05-15 | 1999-10-19 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Plated copper interconnect structure |
US6406743B1 (en) * | 1997-07-10 | 2002-06-18 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Nickel-silicide formation by electroless Ni deposition on polysilicon |
US6100184A (en) | 1997-08-20 | 2000-08-08 | Sematech, Inc. | Method of making a dual damascene interconnect structure using low dielectric constant material for an inter-level dielectric layer |
US6136693A (en) | 1997-10-27 | 2000-10-24 | Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing Ltd. | Method for planarized interconnect vias using electroless plating and CMP |
US6140234A (en) | 1998-01-20 | 2000-10-31 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method to selectively fill recesses with conductive metal |
US5932077A (en) | 1998-02-09 | 1999-08-03 | Reynolds Tech Fabricators, Inc. | Plating cell with horizontal product load mechanism |
TW593731B (en) | 1998-03-20 | 2004-06-21 | Semitool Inc | Apparatus for applying a metal structure to a workpiece |
US6113771A (en) | 1998-04-21 | 2000-09-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electro deposition chemistry |
DE69929607T2 (en) | 1998-06-30 | 2006-07-27 | Semitool, Inc., Kalispell | METALIZATION STRUCTURES FOR MICROELECTRONIC APPLICATIONS AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING THESE STRUCTURES |
JP2000084503A (en) | 1998-07-13 | 2000-03-28 | Kokusai Electric Co Ltd | Fluid treatment of material to be treated and device therefor |
US6436816B1 (en) | 1998-07-31 | 2002-08-20 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Method of electroless plating copper on nitride barrier |
US6165912A (en) | 1998-09-17 | 2000-12-26 | Cfmt, Inc. | Electroless metal deposition of electronic components in an enclosable vessel |
JP3528665B2 (en) * | 1998-10-20 | 2004-05-17 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Method for manufacturing semiconductor device |
US6107199A (en) | 1998-10-24 | 2000-08-22 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method for improving the morphology of refractory metal thin films |
US6309969B1 (en) | 1998-11-03 | 2001-10-30 | The John Hopkins University | Copper metallization structure and method of construction |
US6165902A (en) * | 1998-11-06 | 2000-12-26 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Low resistance metal contact technology |
US5998873A (en) * | 1998-12-16 | 1999-12-07 | National Semiconductor Corporation | Low contact resistance and low junction leakage metal interconnect contact structure |
US6136163A (en) | 1999-03-05 | 2000-10-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Apparatus for electro-chemical deposition with thermal anneal chamber |
US6821923B1 (en) * | 1999-04-08 | 2004-11-23 | Dow Global Technologies Inc. | Method of preparing a catalyst containing gold and titanium |
US6323128B1 (en) | 1999-05-26 | 2001-11-27 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method for forming Co-W-P-Au films |
US6110530A (en) | 1999-06-25 | 2000-08-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | CVD method of depositing copper films by using improved organocopper precursor blend |
US6046108A (en) * | 1999-06-25 | 2000-04-04 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company | Method for selective growth of Cu3 Ge or Cu5 Si for passivation of damascene copper structures and device manufactured thereby |
US6441492B1 (en) | 1999-09-10 | 2002-08-27 | James A. Cunningham | Diffusion barriers for copper interconnect systems |
US6432819B1 (en) | 1999-09-27 | 2002-08-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and apparatus of forming a sputtered doped seed layer |
US6153935A (en) | 1999-09-30 | 2000-11-28 | International Business Machines Corporation | Dual etch stop/diffusion barrier for damascene interconnects |
US6435398B2 (en) | 2000-06-01 | 2002-08-20 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Method for chemically reworking metal layers on integrated circuit bond pads |
US6291082B1 (en) | 2000-06-13 | 2001-09-18 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method of electroless ag layer formation for cu interconnects |
US6428673B1 (en) | 2000-07-08 | 2002-08-06 | Semitool, Inc. | Apparatus and method for electrochemical processing of a microelectronic workpiece, capable of modifying processing based on metrology |
US6277709B1 (en) * | 2000-07-28 | 2001-08-21 | Vanguard International Semiconductor Corp. | Method of forming shallow trench isolation structure |
US6436267B1 (en) | 2000-08-29 | 2002-08-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method for achieving copper fill of high aspect ratio interconnect features |
US6372657B1 (en) * | 2000-08-31 | 2002-04-16 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method for selective etching of oxides |
US6291348B1 (en) | 2000-11-30 | 2001-09-18 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method of forming Cu-Ca-O thin films on Cu surfaces in a chemical solution and semiconductor device thereby formed |
US6432821B1 (en) | 2000-12-18 | 2002-08-13 | Intel Corporation | Method of copper electroplating |
US20030029715A1 (en) * | 2001-07-25 | 2003-02-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | An Apparatus For Annealing Substrates In Physical Vapor Deposition Systems |
KR100434946B1 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2004-06-10 | 학교법인 성균관대학 | Method for forming Cu interconnection of semiconductor device using electroless plating |
US6828581B2 (en) * | 2002-02-26 | 2004-12-07 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of Commerce | Selective electroless attachment of contacts to electrochemically-active molecules |
US6905622B2 (en) * | 2002-04-03 | 2005-06-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electroless deposition method |
JP2004029346A (en) * | 2002-06-25 | 2004-01-29 | Mitsubishi Gas Chem Co Inc | Resist stripping solution composition |
KR100459717B1 (en) * | 2002-08-23 | 2004-12-03 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for forming metal contact in semiconductor device |
US6844258B1 (en) * | 2003-05-09 | 2005-01-18 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Selective refractory metal and nitride capping |
US20050189013A1 (en) * | 2003-12-23 | 2005-09-01 | Oliver Hartley | Process for manufacturing photovoltaic cells |
US6852584B1 (en) * | 2004-01-14 | 2005-02-08 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Method of trimming a gate electrode structure |
-
2006
- 2006-03-20 US US11/385,290 patent/US20060252252A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2006-03-20 WO PCT/US2006/009918 patent/WO2006102180A2/en active Application Filing
- 2006-03-20 TW TW095109484A patent/TW200707640A/en unknown
- 2006-03-20 US US11/385,344 patent/US7514353B2/en active Active
- 2006-03-20 US US11/385,484 patent/US20060251801A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (99)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2369620A (en) * | 1941-03-07 | 1945-02-13 | Battelle Development Corp | Method of coating cupreous metal with tin |
US3745039A (en) * | 1971-10-28 | 1973-07-10 | Rca Corp | Electroless cobalt plating bath and process |
US4397812A (en) * | 1974-05-24 | 1983-08-09 | Richardson Chemical Company | Electroless nickel polyalloys |
US3937857A (en) * | 1974-07-22 | 1976-02-10 | Amp Incorporated | Catalyst for electroless deposition of metals |
US4006047A (en) * | 1974-07-22 | 1977-02-01 | Amp Incorporated | Catalysts for electroless deposition of metals on comparatively low-temperature polyolefin and polyester substrates |
US4150177A (en) * | 1976-03-31 | 1979-04-17 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Method for selectively nickeling a layer of polymerized polyester resin |
US4265943A (en) * | 1978-11-27 | 1981-05-05 | Macdermid Incorporated | Method and composition for continuous electroless copper deposition using a hypophosphite reducing agent in the presence of cobalt or nickel ions |
US4368223A (en) * | 1981-06-01 | 1983-01-11 | Asahi Glass Company, Ltd. | Process for preparing nickel layer |
US4424241A (en) * | 1982-09-27 | 1984-01-03 | Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated | Electroless palladium process |
US4717591A (en) * | 1983-06-30 | 1988-01-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | Prevention of mechanical and electronic failures in heat-treated structures |
US4795660A (en) * | 1985-05-10 | 1989-01-03 | Akzo N.V. | Metallized polymer compositions, processes for their preparation and their uses |
US4810520A (en) * | 1987-09-23 | 1989-03-07 | Magnetic Peripherals Inc. | Method for controlling electroless magnetic plating |
US5234628A (en) * | 1988-11-24 | 1993-08-10 | Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien | Paste-form, low-foaming non-phosphate detergent |
US5102456A (en) * | 1989-04-28 | 1992-04-07 | International Business Machines Corporation | Tetra aza ligand systems as complexing agents for electroless deposition of copper |
US5200048A (en) * | 1989-11-30 | 1993-04-06 | Daido Metal Company Ltd. | Electroplating apparatus for plating half bearings |
US5141626A (en) * | 1989-11-30 | 1992-08-25 | Daido Metal Company Ltd. | Method of and apparatus for surface treatment for half bearings |
US5235139A (en) * | 1990-09-12 | 1993-08-10 | Macdermid, Incorprated | Method for fabricating printed circuits |
US5203911A (en) * | 1991-06-24 | 1993-04-20 | Shipley Company Inc. | Controlled electroless plating |
US5212138A (en) * | 1991-09-23 | 1993-05-18 | Applied Electroless Concepts Inc. | Low corrosivity catalyst for activation of copper for electroless nickel plating |
US5380560A (en) * | 1992-07-28 | 1995-01-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Palladium sulfate solution for the selective seeding of the metal interconnections on polyimide dielectrics for electroless metal deposition |
US5907790A (en) * | 1993-07-15 | 1999-05-25 | Astarix Inc. | Aluminum-palladium alloy for initiation of electroless plating |
US5510216A (en) * | 1993-08-25 | 1996-04-23 | Shipley Company Inc. | Selective metallization process |
US5384284A (en) * | 1993-10-01 | 1995-01-24 | Micron Semiconductor, Inc. | Method to form a low resistant bond pad interconnect |
US5415890A (en) * | 1994-01-03 | 1995-05-16 | Eaton Corporation | Modular apparatus and method for surface treatment of parts with liquid baths |
US5882433A (en) * | 1995-05-23 | 1999-03-16 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Spin cleaning method |
US6197364B1 (en) * | 1995-08-22 | 2001-03-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | Production of electroless Co(P) with designed coercivity |
US5755859A (en) * | 1995-08-24 | 1998-05-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Cobalt-tin alloys and their applications for devices, chip interconnections and packaging |
US5910340A (en) * | 1995-10-23 | 1999-06-08 | C. Uyemura & Co., Ltd. | Electroless nickel plating solution and method |
US6015724A (en) * | 1995-11-02 | 2000-01-18 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co. | Manufacturing method of a semiconductor device |
US5648125A (en) * | 1995-11-16 | 1997-07-15 | Cane; Frank N. | Electroless plating process for the manufacture of printed circuit boards |
US5733816A (en) * | 1995-12-13 | 1998-03-31 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method for depositing a tungsten layer on silicon |
US6261637B1 (en) * | 1995-12-15 | 2001-07-17 | Enthone-Omi, Inc. | Use of palladium immersion deposition to selectively initiate electroless plating on Ti and W alloys for wafer fabrication |
US6065424A (en) * | 1995-12-19 | 2000-05-23 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Electroless deposition of metal films with spray processor |
US5891513A (en) * | 1996-01-16 | 1999-04-06 | Cornell Research Foundation | Electroless CU deposition on a barrier layer by CU contact displacement for ULSI applications |
US5614003A (en) * | 1996-02-26 | 1997-03-25 | Mallory, Jr.; Glenn O. | Method for producing electroless polyalloys |
US5904827A (en) * | 1996-10-15 | 1999-05-18 | Reynolds Tech Fabricators, Inc. | Plating cell with rotary wiper and megasonic transducer |
US6258270B1 (en) * | 1997-01-07 | 2001-07-10 | Gkss-Forschungszentrum Geesthacht Gmbh | Filtration apparatus having channeled flow guide elements |
US5913147A (en) * | 1997-01-21 | 1999-06-15 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method for fabricating copper-aluminum metallization |
US20020019127A1 (en) * | 1997-02-14 | 2002-02-14 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Interconnect structure and method of making |
US5885749A (en) * | 1997-06-20 | 1999-03-23 | Clear Logic, Inc. | Method of customizing integrated circuits by selective secondary deposition of layer interconnect material |
US6077780A (en) * | 1997-12-03 | 2000-06-20 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method for filling high aspect ratio openings of an integrated circuit to minimize electromigration failure |
US6197688B1 (en) * | 1998-02-12 | 2001-03-06 | Motorola Inc. | Interconnect structure in a semiconductor device and method of formation |
US6171661B1 (en) * | 1998-02-25 | 2001-01-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Deposition of copper with increased adhesion |
US6197181B1 (en) * | 1998-03-20 | 2001-03-06 | Semitool, Inc. | Apparatus and method for electrolytically depositing a metal on a microelectronic workpiece |
US6565729B2 (en) * | 1998-03-20 | 2003-05-20 | Semitool, Inc. | Method for electrochemically depositing metal on a semiconductor workpiece |
US6416647B1 (en) * | 1998-04-21 | 2002-07-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electro-chemical deposition cell for face-up processing of single semiconductor substrates |
US6517894B1 (en) * | 1998-04-30 | 2003-02-11 | Ebara Corporation | Method for plating a first layer on a substrate and a second layer on the first layer |
US6180523B1 (en) * | 1998-10-13 | 2001-01-30 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Copper metallization of USLI by electroless process |
US6258220B1 (en) * | 1998-11-30 | 2001-07-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electro-chemical deposition system |
US6251236B1 (en) * | 1998-11-30 | 2001-06-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Cathode contact ring for electrochemical deposition |
US6228233B1 (en) * | 1998-11-30 | 2001-05-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Inflatable compliant bladder assembly |
US6015747A (en) * | 1998-12-07 | 2000-01-18 | Advanced Micro Device | Method of metal/polysilicon gate formation in a field effect transistor |
US6242349B1 (en) * | 1998-12-09 | 2001-06-05 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method of forming copper/copper alloy interconnection with reduced electromigration |
US6258707B1 (en) * | 1999-01-07 | 2001-07-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Triple damascence tungsten-copper interconnect structure |
US6596151B2 (en) * | 1999-01-11 | 2003-07-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electrodeposition chemistry for filling of apertures with reflective metal |
US6544399B1 (en) * | 1999-01-11 | 2003-04-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electrodeposition chemistry for filling apertures with reflective metal |
US6010962A (en) * | 1999-02-12 | 2000-01-04 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company | Copper chemical-mechanical-polishing (CMP) dishing |
US6245670B1 (en) * | 1999-02-19 | 2001-06-12 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method for filling a dual damascene opening having high aspect ratio to minimize electromigration failure |
US6344410B1 (en) * | 1999-03-30 | 2002-02-05 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Manufacturing method for semiconductor metalization barrier |
US6174812B1 (en) * | 1999-06-08 | 2001-01-16 | United Microelectronics Corp. | Copper damascene technology for ultra large scale integration circuits |
US6516815B1 (en) * | 1999-07-09 | 2003-02-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Edge bead removal/spin rinse dry (EBR/SRD) module |
US6258223B1 (en) * | 1999-07-09 | 2001-07-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | In-situ electroless copper seed layer enhancement in an electroplating system |
US20020098681A1 (en) * | 1999-07-27 | 2002-07-25 | Chao-Kun Hu | Reduced electromigration and stressed induced migration of Cu wires by surface coating |
US6342733B1 (en) * | 1999-07-27 | 2002-01-29 | International Business Machines Corporation | Reduced electromigration and stressed induced migration of Cu wires by surface coating |
US6588437B1 (en) * | 1999-11-15 | 2003-07-08 | Agere Systems Inc. | System and method for removal of material |
US6743473B1 (en) * | 2000-02-16 | 2004-06-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chemical vapor deposition of barriers from novel precursors |
US6350364B1 (en) * | 2000-02-18 | 2002-02-26 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company | Method for improvement of planarity of electroplated copper |
US6551483B1 (en) * | 2000-02-29 | 2003-04-22 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Method for potential controlled electroplating of fine patterns on semiconductor wafers |
US6680540B2 (en) * | 2000-03-08 | 2004-01-20 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Semiconductor device having cobalt alloy film with boron |
US6344125B1 (en) * | 2000-04-06 | 2002-02-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | Pattern-sensitive electrolytic metal plating |
US6709563B2 (en) * | 2000-06-30 | 2004-03-23 | Ebara Corporation | Copper-plating liquid, plating method and plating apparatus |
US6881671B2 (en) * | 2000-08-14 | 2005-04-19 | Ipu, Instituttet For Produktudvikling | Process for depositing metal contacts on a buried grid solar cell and solar cell obtained by the process |
US20020098711A1 (en) * | 2000-08-31 | 2002-07-25 | Klein Rita J. | Electroless deposition of doped noble metals and noble metal alloys |
US6503834B1 (en) * | 2000-10-03 | 2003-01-07 | International Business Machines Corp. | Process to increase reliability CuBEOL structures |
US6852618B2 (en) * | 2001-04-19 | 2005-02-08 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Combined barrier layer and seed layer |
US6717189B2 (en) * | 2001-06-01 | 2004-04-06 | Ebara Corporation | Electroless plating liquid and semiconductor device |
US6573606B2 (en) * | 2001-06-14 | 2003-06-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Chip to wiring interface with single metal alloy layer applied to surface of copper interconnect |
US20030010645A1 (en) * | 2001-06-14 | 2003-01-16 | Mattson Technology, Inc. | Barrier enhancement process for copper interconnects |
US7071018B2 (en) * | 2001-06-19 | 2006-07-04 | Bp Solar Limited | Process for manufacturing a solar cell |
US20030075808A1 (en) * | 2001-08-13 | 2003-04-24 | Hiroaki Inoue | Semiconductor device, method for manufacturing the same, and plating solution |
US20030113576A1 (en) * | 2001-12-19 | 2003-06-19 | Intel Corporation | Electroless plating bath composition and method of using |
US20040038073A1 (en) * | 2001-12-19 | 2004-02-26 | Chebiam Ramanan V. | Electroless plating bath composition and method of using |
US20040035316A1 (en) * | 2001-12-19 | 2004-02-26 | Chebiam Ramanan V. | Electroless plating bath composition and method of using |
US20030116439A1 (en) * | 2001-12-21 | 2003-06-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method for forming encapsulated metal interconnect structures in semiconductor integrated circuit devices |
US20050124154A1 (en) * | 2001-12-28 | 2005-06-09 | Hyung-Sang Park | Method of forming copper interconnections for semiconductor integrated circuits on a substrate |
US20040072419A1 (en) * | 2002-01-10 | 2004-04-15 | Rajesh Baskaran | Method for applying metal features onto barrier layers using electrochemical deposition |
US20030141018A1 (en) * | 2002-01-28 | 2003-07-31 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electroless deposition apparatus |
US6528409B1 (en) * | 2002-04-29 | 2003-03-04 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Interconnect structure formed in porous dielectric material with minimized degradation and electromigration |
US6756682B2 (en) * | 2002-05-29 | 2004-06-29 | Micron Technology, Inc. | High aspect ratio fill method and resulting structure |
US20040105934A1 (en) * | 2002-06-04 | 2004-06-03 | Mei Chang | Ruthenium layer formation for copper film deposition |
US20040065540A1 (en) * | 2002-06-28 | 2004-04-08 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Liquid treatment using thin liquid layer |
US20050136185A1 (en) * | 2002-10-30 | 2005-06-23 | Sivakami Ramanathan | Post rinse to improve selective deposition of electroless cobalt on copper for ULSI application |
US20040096592A1 (en) * | 2002-11-19 | 2004-05-20 | Chebiam Ramanan V. | Electroless cobalt plating solution and plating techniques |
US20040113277A1 (en) * | 2002-12-11 | 2004-06-17 | Chiras Stefanie Ruth | Formation of aligned capped metal lines and interconnections in multilevel semiconductor structures |
US20050006245A1 (en) * | 2003-07-08 | 2005-01-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Multiple-step electrodeposition process for direct copper plating on barrier metals |
US20050090098A1 (en) * | 2003-10-27 | 2005-04-28 | Dubin Valery M. | Method for making a semiconductor device having increased conductive material reliability |
US20050118807A1 (en) * | 2003-11-28 | 2005-06-02 | Hyungiun Kim | Ald deposition of ruthenium |
US20080110491A1 (en) * | 2006-03-18 | 2008-05-15 | Solyndra, Inc., | Monolithic integration of non-planar solar cells |
US20080121276A1 (en) * | 2006-11-29 | 2008-05-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective electroless deposition for solar cells |
Cited By (293)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8187970B2 (en) | 2001-07-25 | 2012-05-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Process for forming cobalt and cobalt silicide materials in tungsten contact applications |
US8563424B2 (en) | 2001-07-25 | 2013-10-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Process for forming cobalt and cobalt silicide materials in tungsten contact applications |
US8846163B2 (en) | 2004-02-26 | 2014-09-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method for removing oxides |
US20090014878A1 (en) * | 2006-03-24 | 2009-01-15 | International Business Machines Corporation | Structure and method of forming electrodeposited contacts |
US7405154B2 (en) * | 2006-03-24 | 2008-07-29 | International Business Machines Corporation | Structure and method of forming electrodeposited contacts |
US7851357B2 (en) | 2006-03-24 | 2010-12-14 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method of forming electrodeposited contacts |
US8089157B2 (en) | 2006-03-24 | 2012-01-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Contact metallurgy structure |
US20110084393A1 (en) * | 2006-03-24 | 2011-04-14 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method of forming electrodeposited contacts |
US20070222066A1 (en) * | 2006-03-24 | 2007-09-27 | International Business Machines Corporation | Structure and method of forming electrodeposited contacts |
US20080001298A1 (en) * | 2006-06-28 | 2008-01-03 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Semiconductor device and method of fabricating the same |
US8987085B2 (en) * | 2006-08-01 | 2015-03-24 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Methods for improving uniformity of cap layers |
US20080032472A1 (en) * | 2006-08-01 | 2008-02-07 | Chen-Hua Yu | Methods for improving uniformity of cap layers |
US7547972B2 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2009-06-16 | Waseda University | Laminated structure, very-large-scale integrated circuit wiring board, and method of formation thereof |
US20080079154A1 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2008-04-03 | Waseda University | Laminated structure, very-large-scale integrated circuit wiring board, and method of formation thereof |
US20080142971A1 (en) * | 2006-12-14 | 2008-06-19 | Lam Research Corporation | Interconnect structure and method of manufacturing a damascene structure |
US8026605B2 (en) | 2006-12-14 | 2011-09-27 | Lam Research Corporation | Interconnect structure and method of manufacturing a damascene structure |
US20080188165A1 (en) * | 2006-12-26 | 2008-08-07 | Fuji Electric Device Technology Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing disk-substrates for magnetic recording media, disk-substrates for magnetic recording media, method for manufacturing magnetic recording media, magnetic recording media, and magnetic recording device |
US20080233330A1 (en) * | 2007-03-19 | 2008-09-25 | Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. | Silicon substrate for magnetic recording media and method of fabricating the same |
US8673769B2 (en) * | 2007-06-20 | 2014-03-18 | Lam Research Corporation | Methods and apparatuses for three dimensional integrated circuits |
US20080315422A1 (en) * | 2007-06-20 | 2008-12-25 | John Boyd | Methods and apparatuses for three dimensional integrated circuits |
US20090004851A1 (en) * | 2007-06-29 | 2009-01-01 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Salicidation process using electroless plating to deposit metal and introduce dopant impurities |
US7867900B2 (en) | 2007-09-28 | 2011-01-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Aluminum contact integration on cobalt silicide junction |
TWI451493B (en) * | 2007-09-29 | 2014-09-01 | Lam Res Corp | Methods of low-k dielectric and metal process integration |
US8084356B2 (en) * | 2007-09-29 | 2011-12-27 | Lam Research Corporation | Methods of low-K dielectric and metal process integration |
US20090087980A1 (en) * | 2007-09-29 | 2009-04-02 | Dordi Yezdi N | Methods of low-k dielectric and metal process integration |
US20090278237A1 (en) * | 2008-05-06 | 2009-11-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Through substrate via including variable sidewall profile |
US20090280643A1 (en) * | 2008-05-06 | 2009-11-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Optimal tungsten through wafer via and process of fabricating same |
US7863180B2 (en) | 2008-05-06 | 2011-01-04 | International Business Machines Corporation | Through substrate via including variable sidewall profile |
US7741226B2 (en) | 2008-05-06 | 2010-06-22 | International Business Machines Corporation | Optimal tungsten through wafer via and process of fabricating same |
US20110068477A1 (en) * | 2008-05-06 | 2011-03-24 | International Business Machines Corporation | Through substrate via including variable sidewall profile |
US8643190B2 (en) | 2008-05-06 | 2014-02-04 | Ultratech, Inc. | Through substrate via including variable sidewall profile |
US8551575B1 (en) * | 2008-09-08 | 2013-10-08 | Lam Research | Methods and solutions for preventing the formation of metal particulate defect matter upon a substrate after a plating process |
US20100075496A1 (en) * | 2008-09-25 | 2010-03-25 | Enthone Inc. | Surface preparation process for damascene copper deposition |
US7998859B2 (en) | 2008-09-25 | 2011-08-16 | Enthone Inc. | Surface preparation process for damascene copper deposition |
US8802563B2 (en) * | 2008-10-08 | 2014-08-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Surface repair structure and process for interconnect applications |
US20120329270A1 (en) * | 2008-10-08 | 2012-12-27 | International Business Machines Corporation | Surface repair structure and process for interconnect applications |
US20100084766A1 (en) * | 2008-10-08 | 2010-04-08 | International Business Machines Corporation | Surface repair structure and process for interconnect applications |
US8137472B2 (en) * | 2008-10-27 | 2012-03-20 | United Microelectronics Corp. | Semiconductor process |
US9613858B2 (en) | 2008-11-26 | 2017-04-04 | Enthone Inc. | Method and composition for electrodeposition of copper in microelectronics with dipyridyl-based levelers |
US8771495B2 (en) | 2008-11-26 | 2014-07-08 | Enthone Inc. | Method and composition for electrodeposition of copper in microelectronics with dipyridyl-based levelers |
US10221496B2 (en) | 2008-11-26 | 2019-03-05 | Macdermid Enthone Inc. | Copper filling of through silicon vias |
US8388824B2 (en) | 2008-11-26 | 2013-03-05 | Enthone Inc. | Method and composition for electrodeposition of copper in microelectronics with dipyridyl-based levelers |
US20100126872A1 (en) * | 2008-11-26 | 2010-05-27 | Enthone, Inc. | Electrodeposition of copper in microelectronics with dipyridyl-based levelers |
US8703546B2 (en) * | 2010-05-20 | 2014-04-22 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Activation treatments in plating processes |
US20110287628A1 (en) * | 2010-05-20 | 2011-11-24 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Activation Treatments in Plating Processes |
US9754800B2 (en) | 2010-05-27 | 2017-09-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective etch for silicon films |
US9324576B2 (en) | 2010-05-27 | 2016-04-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective etch for silicon films |
US10283321B2 (en) | 2011-01-18 | 2019-05-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing system and methods using capacitively coupled plasma |
US8771539B2 (en) | 2011-02-22 | 2014-07-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Remotely-excited fluorine and water vapor etch |
US8999856B2 (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2015-04-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for etch of sin films |
US10062578B2 (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2018-08-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for etch of metal and metal-oxide films |
US9842744B2 (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2017-12-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for etch of SiN films |
US9064815B2 (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2015-06-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for etch of metal and metal-oxide films |
US9236266B2 (en) | 2011-08-01 | 2016-01-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dry-etch for silicon-and-carbon-containing films |
US8679982B2 (en) | 2011-08-26 | 2014-03-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective suppression of dry-etch rate of materials containing both silicon and oxygen |
US8679983B2 (en) | 2011-09-01 | 2014-03-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective suppression of dry-etch rate of materials containing both silicon and nitrogen |
US9012302B2 (en) | 2011-09-26 | 2015-04-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Intrench profile |
US8927390B2 (en) | 2011-09-26 | 2015-01-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Intrench profile |
US9418858B2 (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2016-08-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective etch of silicon by way of metastable hydrogen termination |
US8808563B2 (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2014-08-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective etch of silicon by way of metastable hydrogen termination |
US8975152B2 (en) | 2011-11-08 | 2015-03-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods of reducing substrate dislocation during gapfill processing |
US8895441B2 (en) * | 2012-02-24 | 2014-11-25 | Lam Research Corporation | Methods and materials for anchoring gapfill metals |
US9382627B2 (en) | 2012-02-24 | 2016-07-05 | Lam Research Corporation | Methods and materials for anchoring gapfill metals |
US20130224511A1 (en) * | 2012-02-24 | 2013-08-29 | Artur Kolics | Methods and materials for anchoring gapfill metals |
US10062587B2 (en) | 2012-07-18 | 2018-08-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Pedestal with multi-zone temperature control and multiple purge capabilities |
US9373517B2 (en) | 2012-08-02 | 2016-06-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing with DC assisted RF power for improved control |
US10032606B2 (en) | 2012-08-02 | 2018-07-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing with DC assisted RF power for improved control |
US9034770B2 (en) | 2012-09-17 | 2015-05-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Differential silicon oxide etch |
US9887096B2 (en) | 2012-09-17 | 2018-02-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Differential silicon oxide etch |
US9437451B2 (en) | 2012-09-18 | 2016-09-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Radical-component oxide etch |
US9023734B2 (en) | 2012-09-18 | 2015-05-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Radical-component oxide etch |
US9390937B2 (en) | 2012-09-20 | 2016-07-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Silicon-carbon-nitride selective etch |
US9978564B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2018-05-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chemical control features in wafer process equipment |
US9132436B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2015-09-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chemical control features in wafer process equipment |
US11264213B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2022-03-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chemical control features in wafer process equipment |
US10354843B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2019-07-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chemical control features in wafer process equipment |
US8765574B2 (en) | 2012-11-09 | 2014-07-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dry etch process |
US8969212B2 (en) | 2012-11-20 | 2015-03-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dry-etch selectivity |
US9384997B2 (en) | 2012-11-20 | 2016-07-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dry-etch selectivity |
US8980763B2 (en) | 2012-11-30 | 2015-03-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dry-etch for selective tungsten removal |
US20140199850A1 (en) * | 2012-11-30 | 2014-07-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dry-etch for selective oxidation removal |
US9064816B2 (en) * | 2012-11-30 | 2015-06-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dry-etch for selective oxidation removal |
US9412608B2 (en) | 2012-11-30 | 2016-08-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dry-etch for selective tungsten removal |
US9355863B2 (en) | 2012-12-18 | 2016-05-31 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Non-local plasma oxide etch |
US9111877B2 (en) | 2012-12-18 | 2015-08-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Non-local plasma oxide etch |
US8921234B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2014-12-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective titanium nitride etching |
US9449845B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2016-09-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective titanium nitride etching |
US10256079B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2019-04-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing systems having multiple plasma configurations |
US11024486B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2021-06-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing systems having multiple plasma configurations |
US10424485B2 (en) | 2013-03-01 | 2019-09-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Enhanced etching processes using remote plasma sources |
US9362130B2 (en) | 2013-03-01 | 2016-06-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Enhanced etching processes using remote plasma sources |
US9040422B2 (en) | 2013-03-05 | 2015-05-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective titanium nitride removal |
US9607856B2 (en) | 2013-03-05 | 2017-03-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective titanium nitride removal |
US8801952B1 (en) | 2013-03-07 | 2014-08-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Conformal oxide dry etch |
US9093390B2 (en) | 2013-03-07 | 2015-07-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Conformal oxide dry etch |
US10170282B2 (en) | 2013-03-08 | 2019-01-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Insulated semiconductor faceplate designs |
US9991134B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-06-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Processing systems and methods for halide scavenging |
US9093371B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-07-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Processing systems and methods for halide scavenging |
US9704723B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-07-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Processing systems and methods for halide scavenging |
US9023732B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-05-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Processing systems and methods for halide scavenging |
US9659792B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-05-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Processing systems and methods for halide scavenging |
US9449850B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-09-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Processing systems and methods for halide scavenging |
US9184055B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-11-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Processing systems and methods for halide scavenging |
US9153442B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-10-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Processing systems and methods for halide scavenging |
US8895449B1 (en) | 2013-05-16 | 2014-11-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Delicate dry clean |
US9114438B2 (en) | 2013-05-21 | 2015-08-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Copper residue chamber clean |
US9493879B2 (en) | 2013-07-12 | 2016-11-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective sputtering for pattern transfer |
US9773648B2 (en) | 2013-08-30 | 2017-09-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dual discharge modes operation for remote plasma |
US9209012B2 (en) | 2013-09-16 | 2015-12-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective etch of silicon nitride |
US8956980B1 (en) | 2013-09-16 | 2015-02-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective etch of silicon nitride |
US8951429B1 (en) | 2013-10-29 | 2015-02-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Tungsten oxide processing |
US9576809B2 (en) | 2013-11-04 | 2017-02-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Etch suppression with germanium |
US9236265B2 (en) | 2013-11-04 | 2016-01-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Silicon germanium processing |
US9711366B2 (en) | 2013-11-12 | 2017-07-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective etch for metal-containing materials |
US9520303B2 (en) | 2013-11-12 | 2016-12-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Aluminum selective etch |
US9472417B2 (en) | 2013-11-12 | 2016-10-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Plasma-free metal etch |
US9637819B2 (en) * | 2013-11-18 | 2017-05-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for preferential growth of cobalt within substrate features |
US20150140233A1 (en) * | 2013-11-18 | 2015-05-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for preferential growth of cobalt within substrate features |
US9245762B2 (en) | 2013-12-02 | 2016-01-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Procedure for etch rate consistency |
US9472412B2 (en) | 2013-12-02 | 2016-10-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Procedure for etch rate consistency |
US9117855B2 (en) | 2013-12-04 | 2015-08-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Polarity control for remote plasma |
US9263278B2 (en) | 2013-12-17 | 2016-02-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dopant etch selectivity control |
US9287095B2 (en) | 2013-12-17 | 2016-03-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor system assemblies and methods of operation |
US9190293B2 (en) | 2013-12-18 | 2015-11-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Even tungsten etch for high aspect ratio trenches |
US9287134B2 (en) | 2014-01-17 | 2016-03-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Titanium oxide etch |
US9293568B2 (en) | 2014-01-27 | 2016-03-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method of fin patterning |
US9396989B2 (en) | 2014-01-27 | 2016-07-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Air gaps between copper lines |
US9385028B2 (en) | 2014-02-03 | 2016-07-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Air gap process |
US9896765B2 (en) * | 2014-02-21 | 2018-02-20 | Atotech Deutschland Gmbh | Pre-treatment process for electroless plating |
US20160348246A1 (en) * | 2014-02-21 | 2016-12-01 | Atotech Deutschland Gmbh | Pre-treatment process for electroless plating |
US9499898B2 (en) | 2014-03-03 | 2016-11-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Layered thin film heater and method of fabrication |
US9299575B2 (en) | 2014-03-17 | 2016-03-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Gas-phase tungsten etch |
US9837249B2 (en) | 2014-03-20 | 2017-12-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Radial waveguide systems and methods for post-match control of microwaves |
US9564296B2 (en) | 2014-03-20 | 2017-02-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Radial waveguide systems and methods for post-match control of microwaves |
US9299538B2 (en) | 2014-03-20 | 2016-03-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Radial waveguide systems and methods for post-match control of microwaves |
US9299537B2 (en) | 2014-03-20 | 2016-03-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Radial waveguide systems and methods for post-match control of microwaves |
US9136273B1 (en) | 2014-03-21 | 2015-09-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Flash gate air gap |
US9885117B2 (en) | 2014-03-31 | 2018-02-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Conditioned semiconductor system parts |
US9903020B2 (en) | 2014-03-31 | 2018-02-27 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Generation of compact alumina passivation layers on aluminum plasma equipment components |
US9269590B2 (en) | 2014-04-07 | 2016-02-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Spacer formation |
US10465294B2 (en) | 2014-05-28 | 2019-11-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Oxide and metal removal |
US9309598B2 (en) | 2014-05-28 | 2016-04-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Oxide and metal removal |
US9847289B2 (en) | 2014-05-30 | 2017-12-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Protective via cap for improved interconnect performance |
US9551074B2 (en) * | 2014-06-05 | 2017-01-24 | Lam Research Corporation | Electroless plating solution with at least two borane containing reducing agents |
US20170092499A1 (en) * | 2014-06-05 | 2017-03-30 | Lam Research Corporation | Electroless plating solution with at least two borane containing reducing agents |
US20150354064A1 (en) * | 2014-06-05 | 2015-12-10 | Lam Research Corporation | Electroless plating with at least two borane reducing agents |
US9818617B2 (en) * | 2014-06-05 | 2017-11-14 | Lam Research Corporation | Method of electroless plating using a solution with at least two borane containing reducing agents |
US9406523B2 (en) | 2014-06-19 | 2016-08-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Highly selective doped oxide removal method |
US9378969B2 (en) | 2014-06-19 | 2016-06-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Low temperature gas-phase carbon removal |
US9425058B2 (en) | 2014-07-24 | 2016-08-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Simplified litho-etch-litho-etch process |
US9378978B2 (en) | 2014-07-31 | 2016-06-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Integrated oxide recess and floating gate fin trimming |
US9159606B1 (en) | 2014-07-31 | 2015-10-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Metal air gap |
US9773695B2 (en) | 2014-07-31 | 2017-09-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Integrated bit-line airgap formation and gate stack post clean |
US9496167B2 (en) | 2014-07-31 | 2016-11-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Integrated bit-line airgap formation and gate stack post clean |
US10094023B2 (en) | 2014-08-01 | 2018-10-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for chemical vapor deposition of a cobalt layer |
US9165786B1 (en) | 2014-08-05 | 2015-10-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Integrated oxide and nitride recess for better channel contact in 3D architectures |
US9659753B2 (en) | 2014-08-07 | 2017-05-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Grooved insulator to reduce leakage current |
US9553102B2 (en) | 2014-08-19 | 2017-01-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Tungsten separation |
US9355856B2 (en) | 2014-09-12 | 2016-05-31 | Applied Materials, Inc. | V trench dry etch |
US9368364B2 (en) | 2014-09-24 | 2016-06-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Silicon etch process with tunable selectivity to SiO2 and other materials |
US9355862B2 (en) | 2014-09-24 | 2016-05-31 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Fluorine-based hardmask removal |
US9478434B2 (en) | 2014-09-24 | 2016-10-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chlorine-based hardmask removal |
US9613822B2 (en) | 2014-09-25 | 2017-04-04 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Oxide etch selectivity enhancement |
US9837284B2 (en) | 2014-09-25 | 2017-12-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Oxide etch selectivity enhancement |
US9478432B2 (en) | 2014-09-25 | 2016-10-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Silicon oxide selective removal |
US10593523B2 (en) | 2014-10-14 | 2020-03-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for internal surface conditioning in plasma processing equipment |
US10490418B2 (en) | 2014-10-14 | 2019-11-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for internal surface conditioning assessment in plasma processing equipment |
US10796922B2 (en) | 2014-10-14 | 2020-10-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for internal surface conditioning assessment in plasma processing equipment |
US10707061B2 (en) | 2014-10-14 | 2020-07-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for internal surface conditioning in plasma processing equipment |
US20160133563A1 (en) * | 2014-11-07 | 2016-05-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for thermally forming a selective cobalt layer |
US10043709B2 (en) * | 2014-11-07 | 2018-08-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for thermally forming a selective cobalt layer |
US11637002B2 (en) | 2014-11-26 | 2023-04-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods and systems to enhance process uniformity |
US11239061B2 (en) | 2014-11-26 | 2022-02-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods and systems to enhance process uniformity |
US9299583B1 (en) | 2014-12-05 | 2016-03-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Aluminum oxide selective etch |
US10573496B2 (en) | 2014-12-09 | 2020-02-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Direct outlet toroidal plasma source |
US10224210B2 (en) | 2014-12-09 | 2019-03-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Plasma processing system with direct outlet toroidal plasma source |
US9502258B2 (en) | 2014-12-23 | 2016-11-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Anisotropic gap etch |
US9343272B1 (en) | 2015-01-08 | 2016-05-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Self-aligned process |
US11257693B2 (en) | 2015-01-09 | 2022-02-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods and systems to improve pedestal temperature control |
US9373522B1 (en) | 2015-01-22 | 2016-06-21 | Applied Mateials, Inc. | Titanium nitride removal |
US9449846B2 (en) | 2015-01-28 | 2016-09-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Vertical gate separation |
US9728437B2 (en) | 2015-02-03 | 2017-08-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | High temperature chuck for plasma processing systems |
US11594428B2 (en) | 2015-02-03 | 2023-02-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Low temperature chuck for plasma processing systems |
US10468285B2 (en) | 2015-02-03 | 2019-11-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | High temperature chuck for plasma processing systems |
US12009228B2 (en) | 2015-02-03 | 2024-06-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Low temperature chuck for plasma processing systems |
US9881805B2 (en) | 2015-03-02 | 2018-01-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Silicon selective removal |
US9799552B2 (en) * | 2015-06-25 | 2017-10-24 | International Business Machines Corporation | Low resistance metal contacts to interconnects |
US11158527B2 (en) | 2015-08-06 | 2021-10-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Thermal management systems and methods for wafer processing systems |
US10468276B2 (en) | 2015-08-06 | 2019-11-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Thermal management systems and methods for wafer processing systems |
US9691645B2 (en) | 2015-08-06 | 2017-06-27 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Bolted wafer chuck thermal management systems and methods for wafer processing systems |
US9741593B2 (en) | 2015-08-06 | 2017-08-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Thermal management systems and methods for wafer processing systems |
US10147620B2 (en) | 2015-08-06 | 2018-12-04 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Bolted wafer chuck thermal management systems and methods for wafer processing systems |
US10607867B2 (en) | 2015-08-06 | 2020-03-31 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Bolted wafer chuck thermal management systems and methods for wafer processing systems |
US10424463B2 (en) | 2015-08-07 | 2019-09-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Oxide etch selectivity systems and methods |
US10424464B2 (en) | 2015-08-07 | 2019-09-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Oxide etch selectivity systems and methods |
US9349605B1 (en) | 2015-08-07 | 2016-05-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Oxide etch selectivity systems and methods |
US10504700B2 (en) | 2015-08-27 | 2019-12-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Plasma etching systems and methods with secondary plasma injection |
US11476093B2 (en) | 2015-08-27 | 2022-10-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Plasma etching systems and methods with secondary plasma injection |
US11735441B2 (en) | 2016-05-19 | 2023-08-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for improved semiconductor etching and component protection |
US10522371B2 (en) | 2016-05-19 | 2019-12-31 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for improved semiconductor etching and component protection |
US10504754B2 (en) | 2016-05-19 | 2019-12-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for improved semiconductor etching and component protection |
US9865484B1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2018-01-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective etch using material modification and RF pulsing |
US12057329B2 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2024-08-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective etch using material modification and RF pulsing |
KR20180003447A (en) * | 2016-06-30 | 2018-01-09 | 램 리써치 코포레이션 | Dual damascene fill |
US9768063B1 (en) * | 2016-06-30 | 2017-09-19 | Lam Research Corporation | Dual damascene fill |
KR102455123B1 (en) | 2016-06-30 | 2022-10-14 | 램 리써치 코포레이션 | Dual damascene fill |
TWI783939B (en) * | 2016-06-30 | 2022-11-21 | 美商蘭姆研究公司 | Dual damascene fill |
WO2018035120A1 (en) * | 2016-08-16 | 2018-02-22 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Method of metal filling recessed features in a substrate |
US10629473B2 (en) | 2016-09-09 | 2020-04-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Footing removal for nitride spacer |
US10062575B2 (en) | 2016-09-09 | 2018-08-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Poly directional etch by oxidation |
US9934942B1 (en) | 2016-10-04 | 2018-04-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chamber with flow-through source |
US9721789B1 (en) | 2016-10-04 | 2017-08-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Saving ion-damaged spacers |
US10546729B2 (en) | 2016-10-04 | 2020-01-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dual-channel showerhead with improved profile |
US10224180B2 (en) | 2016-10-04 | 2019-03-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chamber with flow-through source |
US11049698B2 (en) | 2016-10-04 | 2021-06-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dual-channel showerhead with improved profile |
US10541113B2 (en) | 2016-10-04 | 2020-01-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chamber with flow-through source |
US10062585B2 (en) | 2016-10-04 | 2018-08-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Oxygen compatible plasma source |
US10062579B2 (en) | 2016-10-07 | 2018-08-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective SiN lateral recess |
US10319603B2 (en) | 2016-10-07 | 2019-06-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective SiN lateral recess |
US9947549B1 (en) | 2016-10-10 | 2018-04-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Cobalt-containing material removal |
US9768034B1 (en) | 2016-11-11 | 2017-09-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Removal methods for high aspect ratio structures |
US10770346B2 (en) | 2016-11-11 | 2020-09-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective cobalt removal for bottom up gapfill |
US10163696B2 (en) | 2016-11-11 | 2018-12-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective cobalt removal for bottom up gapfill |
US10186428B2 (en) | 2016-11-11 | 2019-01-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Removal methods for high aspect ratio structures |
US10026621B2 (en) | 2016-11-14 | 2018-07-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | SiN spacer profile patterning |
US10600639B2 (en) | 2016-11-14 | 2020-03-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | SiN spacer profile patterning |
US10242908B2 (en) | 2016-11-14 | 2019-03-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Airgap formation with damage-free copper |
US10566206B2 (en) | 2016-12-27 | 2020-02-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for anisotropic material breakthrough |
US10903052B2 (en) | 2017-02-03 | 2021-01-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for radial and azimuthal control of plasma uniformity |
US10403507B2 (en) | 2017-02-03 | 2019-09-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Shaped etch profile with oxidation |
US10431429B2 (en) | 2017-02-03 | 2019-10-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for radial and azimuthal control of plasma uniformity |
US10043684B1 (en) | 2017-02-06 | 2018-08-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Self-limiting atomic thermal etching systems and methods |
US10325923B2 (en) | 2017-02-08 | 2019-06-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Accommodating imperfectly aligned memory holes |
US10529737B2 (en) | 2017-02-08 | 2020-01-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Accommodating imperfectly aligned memory holes |
US10319739B2 (en) | 2017-02-08 | 2019-06-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Accommodating imperfectly aligned memory holes |
US10943834B2 (en) | 2017-03-13 | 2021-03-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Replacement contact process |
US10319649B2 (en) | 2017-04-11 | 2019-06-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Optical emission spectroscopy (OES) for remote plasma monitoring |
US20180331044A1 (en) * | 2017-05-12 | 2018-11-15 | United Microelectronics Corp. | Semiconductor device and fabrication method thereof |
US11361939B2 (en) | 2017-05-17 | 2022-06-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing chamber for multiple precursor flow |
US11276590B2 (en) | 2017-05-17 | 2022-03-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Multi-zone semiconductor substrate supports |
US11276559B2 (en) | 2017-05-17 | 2022-03-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing chamber for multiple precursor flow |
US11915950B2 (en) | 2017-05-17 | 2024-02-27 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Multi-zone semiconductor substrate supports |
US10049891B1 (en) | 2017-05-31 | 2018-08-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective in situ cobalt residue removal |
US10497579B2 (en) | 2017-05-31 | 2019-12-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Water-free etching methods |
US10468267B2 (en) | 2017-05-31 | 2019-11-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Water-free etching methods |
US10920320B2 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2021-02-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Plasma health determination in semiconductor substrate processing reactors |
US10541246B2 (en) | 2017-06-26 | 2020-01-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | 3D flash memory cells which discourage cross-cell electrical tunneling |
US10727080B2 (en) | 2017-07-07 | 2020-07-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Tantalum-containing material removal |
US10541184B2 (en) | 2017-07-11 | 2020-01-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Optical emission spectroscopic techniques for monitoring etching |
US10354889B2 (en) | 2017-07-17 | 2019-07-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Non-halogen etching of silicon-containing materials |
US10593553B2 (en) | 2017-08-04 | 2020-03-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Germanium etching systems and methods |
US10043674B1 (en) | 2017-08-04 | 2018-08-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Germanium etching systems and methods |
US10170336B1 (en) | 2017-08-04 | 2019-01-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for anisotropic control of selective silicon removal |
US10297458B2 (en) | 2017-08-07 | 2019-05-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Process window widening using coated parts in plasma etch processes |
US11101136B2 (en) | 2017-08-07 | 2021-08-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Process window widening using coated parts in plasma etch processes |
US10128086B1 (en) | 2017-10-24 | 2018-11-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Silicon pretreatment for nitride removal |
US10283324B1 (en) | 2017-10-24 | 2019-05-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Oxygen treatment for nitride etching |
US10256112B1 (en) | 2017-12-08 | 2019-04-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective tungsten removal |
US10903054B2 (en) | 2017-12-19 | 2021-01-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Multi-zone gas distribution systems and methods |
US11328909B2 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2022-05-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chamber conditioning and removal processes |
US10854426B2 (en) | 2018-01-08 | 2020-12-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Metal recess for semiconductor structures |
US10861676B2 (en) | 2018-01-08 | 2020-12-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Metal recess for semiconductor structures |
US10699921B2 (en) | 2018-02-15 | 2020-06-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing chamber multistage mixing apparatus |
US10964512B2 (en) | 2018-02-15 | 2021-03-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing chamber multistage mixing apparatus and methods |
US10679870B2 (en) | 2018-02-15 | 2020-06-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing chamber multistage mixing apparatus |
US10615047B2 (en) | 2018-02-28 | 2020-04-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods to form airgaps |
US10593560B2 (en) | 2018-03-01 | 2020-03-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Magnetic induction plasma source for semiconductor processes and equipment |
US10319600B1 (en) | 2018-03-12 | 2019-06-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Thermal silicon etch |
US11004689B2 (en) | 2018-03-12 | 2021-05-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Thermal silicon etch |
US10497573B2 (en) | 2018-03-13 | 2019-12-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective atomic layer etching of semiconductor materials |
US10573527B2 (en) | 2018-04-06 | 2020-02-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Gas-phase selective etching systems and methods |
US10490406B2 (en) | 2018-04-10 | 2019-11-26 | Appled Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for material breakthrough |
US10699879B2 (en) | 2018-04-17 | 2020-06-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Two piece electrode assembly with gap for plasma control |
US10886137B2 (en) | 2018-04-30 | 2021-01-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective nitride removal |
US10755941B2 (en) | 2018-07-06 | 2020-08-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Self-limiting selective etching systems and methods |
US10872778B2 (en) | 2018-07-06 | 2020-12-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods utilizing solid-phase etchants |
US10672642B2 (en) | 2018-07-24 | 2020-06-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for pedestal configuration |
US11049755B2 (en) | 2018-09-14 | 2021-06-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor substrate supports with embedded RF shield |
US10892198B2 (en) | 2018-09-14 | 2021-01-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for improved performance in semiconductor processing |
US11062887B2 (en) | 2018-09-17 | 2021-07-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | High temperature RF heater pedestals |
US11417534B2 (en) | 2018-09-21 | 2022-08-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective material removal |
US11387112B2 (en) * | 2018-10-04 | 2022-07-12 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Surface processing method and processing system |
US11682560B2 (en) | 2018-10-11 | 2023-06-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for hafnium-containing film removal |
US11121002B2 (en) | 2018-10-24 | 2021-09-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for etching metals and metal derivatives |
US11437242B2 (en) | 2018-11-27 | 2022-09-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective removal of silicon-containing materials |
US11721527B2 (en) | 2019-01-07 | 2023-08-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Processing chamber mixing systems |
US10920319B2 (en) | 2019-01-11 | 2021-02-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Ceramic showerheads with conductive electrodes |
US11410880B2 (en) * | 2019-04-23 | 2022-08-09 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Phase control in contact formation |
US20200343135A1 (en) * | 2019-04-23 | 2020-10-29 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Phase Control in Contact Formation |
US12002712B2 (en) | 2019-04-23 | 2024-06-04 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Phase control in contact formation |
US11830816B2 (en) * | 2020-08-14 | 2023-11-28 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Reduced resistivity for access lines in a memory array |
US20220051984A1 (en) * | 2020-08-14 | 2022-02-17 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Reduced resistivity for access lines in a memory array |
US12148597B2 (en) | 2023-02-13 | 2024-11-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Multi-zone gas distribution systems and methods |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
TW200707640A (en) | 2007-02-16 |
US20060251800A1 (en) | 2006-11-09 |
US7514353B2 (en) | 2009-04-07 |
US20060251801A1 (en) | 2006-11-09 |
WO2006102180A3 (en) | 2007-10-04 |
WO2006102180A2 (en) | 2006-09-28 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20060252252A1 (en) | Electroless deposition processes and compositions for forming interconnects | |
US8308858B2 (en) | Electroless deposition process on a silicon contact | |
US20070099422A1 (en) | Process for electroless copper deposition | |
US7651934B2 (en) | Process for electroless copper deposition | |
JP2009514238A (en) | Method for selectively depositing a thin film material on a semiconductor junction | |
US8747960B2 (en) | Processes and systems for engineering a silicon-type surface for selective metal deposition to form a metal silicide | |
US8524600B2 (en) | Post deposition treatments for CVD cobalt films | |
US8241701B2 (en) | Processes and systems for engineering a barrier surface for copper deposition | |
US8771804B2 (en) | Processes and systems for engineering a copper surface for selective metal deposition | |
US20060246699A1 (en) | Process for electroless copper deposition on a ruthenium seed | |
TWI633624B (en) | Doped tantalum nitride for copper barrier applications | |
US20050085031A1 (en) | Heterogeneous activation layers formed by ionic and electroless reactions used for IC interconnect capping layers | |
US20050161338A1 (en) | Electroless cobalt alloy deposition process | |
US7566661B2 (en) | Electroless treatment of noble metal barrier and adhesion layer | |
SG174752A1 (en) | Processes and integrated systems for engineering a substrate surface for metal deposition | |
US7064065B2 (en) | Silver under-layers for electroless cobalt alloys | |
US9263327B2 (en) | Minimizing void formation in semiconductor vias and trenches | |
US20050170650A1 (en) | Electroless palladium nitrate activation prior to cobalt-alloy deposition | |
WO2008027216A2 (en) | Processes and integrated systems for engineering a substrate surface for metal deposition | |
WO2006102182A2 (en) | Process for electroless copper deposition |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: APPLIED MATERIALS, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:ZHU, ZHIZE;WEIDMAN, TIMOTHY W.;STEWART, MICHAEL P.;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:018252/0743;SIGNING DATES FROM 20060524 TO 20060531 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |